UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

(Mark One)

☒

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019

2021

or

☐

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

Commission file number001-14063

LOGO

jbl-20210831_g1.jpg
JABIL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
38-1886260

Delaware

38-1886260
(State or other jurisdiction of


incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification No.)

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(727) 577-9749

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each classTrading Symbol(s)Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per shareJBLJBLNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐    No  ☒



Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☒    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer☒☒Accelerated filer☐
Non-accelerated filer☐☐Smaller reporting company☐

Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule12b-2 of the Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held bynon-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on February 28, 20192021 was approximately $4.2$5.3 billion. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock as of the close of business on October 14, 2019,2021, was 152,656,443.143,334,977. The registrant does not have anynon-voting stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant’s definitive

We have incorporated by reference portions of our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meetingour annual meeting of Stockholders scheduledshareholders expected to be held on January 23, 2020 is incorporated by reference in20, 2022 into Part III of this Annual Report on Form10-Khereof, to the extent statedindicated herein.




Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

2019

2021 FORM10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I.

Item 1.

2

Item 1A.

10
11

Item 1B.

23
25

Item 2.

24
25

Item 3.

24
25

Item 4.

24
25

Part II.

Item 5.

25
26

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data27
27

Item 7.

28

Item 7A.

47
42

Item 8.

47
43

Item 9.

48
43

Item 9A.

48
43

Item 9B.

49
44

Part III.

Item 10.

50
45

Item 11.

50
45

Item 12.

50
45

Item 13.

50
45

Item 14.

50
45

Part IV.

Item 15.

51
46

Item 16.

Form10-K Summary88
99

100
89



Table of Contents
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking statements are located in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as “future,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “may,” and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Achievement of anticipated results is subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and inaccurate assumptions. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could vary materially from past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. You should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking statements, and you are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law or by the rules and regulations of the SEC. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors,” which are incorporated herein by reference. References in this report to “the Company,” “Jabil,” “we,” “our,” or “us” mean Jabil Inc. together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. This Annual Report onForm 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning

1
Table of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements (such as when we describe what “will,” “may,” or “should” occur, what we “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” will occur, and other similar statements) include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future sales and operating results, potential risks pertaining to these future sales and operating results, future prospects, anticipated benefits of proposed (or future) acquisitions, dispositions and new facilities, growth, the capabilities and capacities of business operations, any financial or other guidance, expected capital expenditures and dividends, expected restructuring charges and related savings and all statements that are not based on historical fact, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. We make certain assumptions when making forward-looking statements, any of which could prove inaccurate, including assumptions about our future operating results and business plans. Therefore, we can give no assurance that the results implied by these forward-looking statements will be realized. Furthermore, the inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that future events, plans or expectations contemplated by the Company will be achieved. The following important factors, among others, could affect future results and events, causing those results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

•

fluctuation in our operating results;

•

our dependence on a limited number of customers;

•

our ability to manage growth effectively;

•

competitive factors affecting our customers’ businesses and ours;

•

the susceptibility of our production levels to the variability of customer requirements;

•

our ability to keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions;

•

our reliance on a limited number of suppliers for critical components;

•

exposure to financially troubled customers and suppliers;

•

our exposure to the risks of a substantial international operation; and

•

our ability to achieve the expected profitability from our acquisitions.

For a further list and description of various risks, factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained in this document, and any subsequent reports on Form10-Q and Form8-K, and other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report onForm 10-K are made only as of the date of this Annual Report onForm 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. You should read this document completely and with the understanding that our actual future results or events may be materially different from what we expect. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

The Company

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in various industries and end markets. Our services enable our customers to reduce manufacturing costs, improve supply-chain management, reduce inventory obsolescence, lower transportation costs and reduce product fulfillment time. Our manufacturing and supply chain management services and solutions include innovation, design, planning, fabrication and assembly, delivery and managing the flow of resources and products.

We serve our customers primarily through dedicated business units that combine highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability. We depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue, which in turn depends upon their growth, viability and financial stability. Based on net revenue, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, our largest customers include Amazon.com, Inc., Apple, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., GoPro, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, Ingenico Group, Keysight Technologies, LM Ericsson Telephone Company, NetApp, Inc. and Nokia Networks. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, we had net revenues of $25.3 billion and net income attributable to Jabil Inc. of $287.1 million.

We conduct our operations in facilities that are located worldwide, including but not limited to, China, Hungary, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, and the United States. Our global manufacturing production sites allow customers to manufacture products simultaneously in the optimal locations for their products. Our global presence is key to assessing and executing on our business opportunities.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, we had net revenues of $29.3 billion and net income attributable to Jabil Inc. of $696 million.

We have two reporting segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), which are organized based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles. Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, utilizing our large-scalelarge scale manufacturing infrastructure and our ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment is a high-volumehigh volume business that produces productsproduct at a quicker rate (i.e. cycle time) and in larger quantities and includes customers primarily in the automotive5G, wireless and transportation, capital equipment, cloud, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications,digital print and retail, industrial and smart homesemi-cap, and appliancesnetworking and storage industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions, with an emphasis on material sciences, technologiesmachining, tooling, and healthcare.molding of highly engineered plastic and metal parts. Our DMS segment includes customers primarily in the edgeautomotive and transportation, connected devices, and accessories, healthcare mobility and packaging, and mobility industries.


As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within our operating segments. Our operating segments, which are the reporting segments, continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are now presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.
Additional financial information regarding our reportable operating segments is included in Item 7 of this report and Note 1213 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Industry Background

The industry in which we operate has historically been composed of companies that provide a range of design and manufacturing services to companies that utilize electronics components in their products.

In recent years, the industry has expanded to include customers that require products and services beyond electronic components including plastics and metal components, packaging, and injection molding.

We monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers we serve as well as our end markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can respond appropriately as circumstances change. Over the long term we believe the factors driving our customers and potential customers to use our industry’s services include:

•

Efficient Manufacturing. Manufacturing service providers are often able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity and efficiencies of scale because of diversified product demand and, generally, a greater focus on the components of manufacturing cost. Companies are increasingly seeking to reduce their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing and prioritizing capital investments in other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This strategic shift in capital deployment has contributed to increased demand for and interest in outsourcing to external manufacturing service providers.

•

Accelerated ProductTime-to-Market andTime-to-Volume. Manufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated productionstart-ups and achieve high efficiencies in bringing new products to production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

•

Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies. By utilizing manufacturing service providers, customers gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as to product and production design, which can offer customers significant improvements in the performance, quality, cost,time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

•

Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power. Manufacturing service providers are often able to more efficiently manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.

•Efficient Manufacturing. Manufacturing service providers are often able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity and efficiencies of scale because of diversified product demand and, generally, a greater focus on the components of manufacturing cost. Companies are increasingly seeking to reduce their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing and prioritizing capital investments in other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This strategic shift in capital deployment has contributed to increased demand for and interest in outsourcing to external manufacturing service providers.

•Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume. Manufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in bringing new products to production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that
2
Table of Contents
serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

•Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies. By utilizing manufacturing service providers, customers gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as to product and production design, which can offer customers significant improvements in the performance, quality, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

•Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power. Manufacturing service providers are often able to more efficiently manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.
Our Strategy

Our vision for the future is to become the world’s most technologically advanced manufacturing services and solutions provider. As we work to achieve our vision, we continue to pursue the following strategies:

•

Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships. An important element of our strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we focus on identifying and developing relationships with new customers that meet our targeted profile, which includes financial stability, the need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability.

•

Product Diversification. We focus on balancing our portfolio of products and product families to those that align with higher return areas of our business, including manufacturing, supply chain management services, comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. Because of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from both existing and new customers as well as from acquisitions.

•

Utilize Customer-Centric Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and operate by primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers to provide comprehensive manufacturing solutions that are customized to each customer’s needs. We believe our customer-centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly for customer relationships that extend across multiple production locations.

•

Leverage Global Production. We believe that global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest possible landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Europe, Asia, Latin America and Africa.

•

Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment andConfigure-to-Order Services. Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment andconfigure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing totalwork-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

•

Offer Design Services. We offer a wide spectrum ofvalue-add design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost,time-to-market and manufacturability.

•

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities Selectively. Traditionally, electronics manufacturing service companies have acquired manufacturing capacity from their customers to drive growth, expand their footprint and gain new customers. In recent years, our acquisition strategy has expanded to include opportunities to acquire competitors who are focused on our key growth areas, which include specialized manufacturing in key markets, materials technology and design operations, as well as other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goals of our acquisition strategy are to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers.

•Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships. An important element of our strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we focus on identifying and developing relationships with new customers that meet our targeted profile, which includes financial stability, the need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability.

•Product Diversification. We focus on balancing our portfolio of products and product families to those that align with higher return areas of our business, including manufacturing, supply chain management services, comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services, 5G wireless, cloud, healthcare, automotive and transportation, and capital equipment. We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. Because of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from both existing and new customers as well as from acquisitions.

•Utilize Customer-Centric Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and operate by primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers to provide comprehensive manufacturing solutions that are customized to each customer’s needs. We believe our customer-centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly for customer relationships that extend across multiple production locations.

•Leverage Global Production. We believe that global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest possible landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in the Americas, Europe, Asia and Africa. Our extensive global footprint positions us well to implement safe and practical solutions in order to select production locations which best serve the needs of our customers. We believe that our global footprint is strengthened by our centralized procurement process, which when coupled with our single Enterprise Resource Planning system affords our customers with end-to-end supply chain visibility.

•Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services. Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

•Offer Design Services. We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability.

•Pursue Acquisition Opportunities Selectively. The primary goals of our acquisition strategy are to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers.
Our Approach to Manufacturing

3
Table of Contents
To achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, we have adopted the following approaches:

•

Decentralized Business Unit Model. Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and are empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer’s needs. Our business units generally have dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may serve more than one business unit to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results andtime-to-volume production, thereby promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units. Business unit management reviews the customer financial information to assess whether the business units are meeting their designated responsibilities and to ensure that the daily execution of manufacturing activities is being effectively managed. The business units aggregate into operating segments based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market share strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.

•

Automated Continuous Flow. We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach to manufacturing, whereby different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create anin-line assembly process. This process contrasts with a batch approach, whereby individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventorywork-in-process. We believe continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to high volumes of product.

•

Computerized Control and Monitoring. We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized manufacturing resource planning system, which provides customers with the ability to continuously monitor material availability and trackwork-in-process on a real-time basis. In addition, manufacturing processes are supported by a computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions,work-in-process status and vendor quality data.

•

Electronic Supply Chain Management. We make available to our customers and suppliers an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange andweb-based tools to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Our customers use these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders, and we use these tools with our suppliers forjust-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

•Decentralized Business Unit Model. Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and are empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer’s needs. Our business units generally have dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may serve more than one business unit to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, thereby promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units. Business unit management reviews the customer financial information to assess whether the business units are meeting their designated responsibilities and to ensure that the daily execution of manufacturing activities is being effectively managed. The business units aggregate into operating segments based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market share strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.

•Automated Continuous Flow. We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach to manufacturing, whereby different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process contrasts with a batch approach, whereby individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. We believe continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to high volumes of product.

•Computerized Control and Monitoring. We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized manufacturing resource planning system, which provides customers with the ability to continuously monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. In addition, manufacturing processes are supported by a computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data.

•Electronic Supply Chain Management. We make available to our customers and suppliers an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Our customers use these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders, and we use these tools with our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.
Our Design Services

We offer a wide spectrum ofvalue-add design services to enhance our relationships with current customers and to help develop relationships with our new customers. Our teams are strategically staffed to support Jabil customers for all development projects, including turnkey system design and design for manufacturing activities. These design services include:

•

Electronic Design. Our Electronic Design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design, firmware development and rapid prototyping services. These services have been used by our customers for a variety of products including smart phones and accessory products, notebook and personal computers, servers, radio frequency products, videoset-top boxes, optical communications products, communication and broadband products, and automotive and consumer appliance controls.

•

Industrial Design. Our Industrial Design team designs the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house the products’ electro-mechanics, including the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”).

•

Mechanical Design. Our Mechanical Design team specializes in three-dimensional mechanical design with the analysis of electronic, electro-mechanical and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. This team has extended Jabil’s product design offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

•

Computer-Assisted Design. Our Computer-Assisted Design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD engineering tools, PCBA design validation and verification services, and other consulting services, which include generating a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost efficiencies and accelerate a product’stime-to-market andtime-to-volume production.

•

Product Validation. Our Product Validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes product system tests, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability tests.

•

Manufacturing Test Solution Development. Our Manufacturing Test Solution Development team provides integral support to the design teams to embed design with testability and to promote efficient capital and resource investment in the manufacturing process. The use of software driven instrumentation and test process design and management has enhanced our product quality and reduced our operating costs relative to human dependent test processes. The full electronic testdata-log of customer products has allowed customer product test traceability and visibility throughout the manufacturing test process.

•Electronic Design. Our Electronic Design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design, firmware development and rapid prototyping services. These services have been used by our customers for a variety of products including smart phones and accessory products, notebook and personal computers, connected consumer products and appliances, servers, radio frequency products, optical communications products, communication and broadband products, and automotive and healthcare components and devices.

•Industrial Design. Our Industrial Design team designs the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house the products’ electro-mechanics, including the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”).

•Mechanical Design. Our Mechanical Design team specializes in three-dimensional mechanical design with the analysis of electronic, electro-mechanical and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. This team has extended Jabil’s product design offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

•Computer-Assisted Design. Our Computer-Assisted Design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD engineering tools, PCBA design validation and verification services, and other consulting services, which include generating a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost efficiencies and accelerate a product’s time-to-market and time-to-volume production.
4
Table of Contents

•Product Validation. Our Product Validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes product system tests, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability tests.

•Manufacturing Test Solution Development. Our Manufacturing Test Solution Development team provides integral support to the design teams to embed design with testability and to promote efficient capital and resource investment in the manufacturing process. The use of software driven instrumentation and test process design and management has enhanced our product quality and reduced our operating costs relative to human dependent test processes. The full electronic test data-log of customer products has allowed customer product test traceability and visibility throughout the manufacturing test process.
Fabrication and Assembly

We offer systems assembly, test, direct-order fulfillment andconfigure-to-order services to our customers. Our systems assembly services extend our range of assembly activities to include assembly of higher-levelsub-systems and systems incorporating multiple PCBAs. In addition, based on quality assurance programs developed with our customers, we provide testing services for our PCBAs,sub-systems and systems products. Our quality assurance programs include circuit testing under various environmental conditions to ensure that our products meet or exceed required customer specifications. We also offer direct-order fulfillment andconfigure-to-order services for delivery of final products.

Technology and Research and Development

We believe that our manufacturing and testing technologies are among the most advanced in our industry. To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continuously engage in R&D activities designed to create new and improved products and manufacturing solutions for our customers. Through our R&D efforts, we intend to continue to offer our customers highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing process technologies for precise and aesthetic mechanical components and system assembly. These technologies and R&D activities include:

•Automation, including automated tooling

•Electronic interconnection

•Advanced polymer and metal material science

•Single/multi-shot injection molding, stamping andin-mold labeling

•Multi-axis computer numerical control

•Vacuum metallization

•Physical vapor deposition

•Digital printing

•Anodization

•Thermal-plastic composite formation

•Plastic with embedded electronics

•Metal and plastic covers with insert-molded or dies-casting features for assembly

•Display cover with integrated touch sensor

•Material processing research (including plastics, metal, glass and ceramic)

•Additive manufacturing
We engage in R&D activities for many products including mobile internet devices and associated accessories, multi-media tablets,two-way radios, health care and life science products, server and storage products,set-top and digital home products and printing products.

Customers and Marketing

A key tenet of our strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with the size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. A small number of customers and significant industry sectors have historically comprised a major portion of our net revenue. We also market our services and solutions through our website and our Blue Sky Innovation Centers.

In fiscal year 2019,2021, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 42%47% of our net revenue and 8582 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. The table below sets forth the respective portion of net revenue attributable to the customers that accounted for approximately 10% or morea significant concentration of our net revenue during the periods indicated:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Apple, Inc.

   22%   28%   24% 

5
Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Apple, Inc.22 %20 %22 %
Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing service providers, diversified manufacturing service providers and design providers. We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing.

We compete with different companies depending on the type of service we are providing or the geographic area in which an activity takes place. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the manufacturing services market are: cost; accelerated productiontime-to-market; higher efficiencies; global locations; rapid scale production; advanced technologies; quality; and improved pricing of components. We believe we are extremely competitive with regard to all of these factors.

Backlog

Our order backlog as of August 31, 2019 and 2018 was valued at approximately $6.2 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively. Our order backlog is expected to be filled within the current fiscal year. Although our backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time may not be necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with our customers, and the fact that we generally do not enter into long-term purchase commitments with our customers, we frequently allow our customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries, and therefore, backlog is often not a meaningful indicator of future financial results.

Components Procurement

We procure components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on anassembly-by-assembly basis. Our global sourcing and purchasing locations are strategically placed in various countries throughout the world along with our global commodity management and supplier relationship teams. These locations manage our end-to-end procurement lifecycle. This regionalized expertise along with our supplier relationships provide efficient procurement operations.
Some of the products we manufacture contain one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component.

Proprietary Rights

We regard certain aspects of our technology, design, production and product management services as proprietary intellectual property. To protect our trade secrets, manufacturingknow-how and other proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of intellectual property laws,non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures. We currently have a relatively modest number of patents for various innovations. We believe that our research and design activities, along with developments relating thereto, may result in growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business activities. Other factors significant to our proprietary rights include the knowledge and experience of our management and personnelworkforce and our ability to develop, enhance and market manufacturingour technology and services.

We license some technology and intellectual property rights from third parties that we use in providing some of our design, production and product management services to our customers.parties. Generally, the license agreements that govern such third-party technology and intellectual property rights grant us the right to use the subject technology anywhere in the world and terminate upon a material breach by us.

Employees


Human Capital Management
As of August 31, 2019,2021, our workforce includes diverse, talented and dedicated employees across approximately 100 locations in more than 30 countries, and simply stated, they are what differentiate us from our competitors. To maintain our edge, we employed approximately 200,000 people worldwide. continually invest in our employees, so that they can make anything possible and everything better for our customers, shareholders, and communities. Following is a summary of employees by location (in thousands):
RegionNumber of Employees
Asia180
Americas41
Europe17
Total(1)
238
(1)Total headcount includes permanent, temporary and contingent workers.

6
Table of Contents
None of our U.S. domestic employees arehave chosen to be represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike and promote a culture of positive employee relations.

Safety
“Safety First” is a fundamental value that is ingrained in our culture. We are committed to safety standards in all of our facilities, ensuring our employees are protected and can return home safely after each work shift. By implementing a continuous improvement-based Health and Safety Management System including annual training assessments coupled with engaged leaders and employees who prioritize safety above all else, we believehave established a path to safety excellence.

COVID-19 Response
As a global employer, we have a responsibility to our employees, customers, suppliers and the communities in which we operate to take decisive action to protect against COVID-19 in our facilities. From the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we established prevention protocols, which have allowed our sites to operate safely with minimal disruption. Measures we have taken include:

•Employees and visitors are required to undergo temperature checks and complete health screening questionnaires before entering a Jabil facility
•Employees and visitors are provided with masks and required to wear them while on site
•Hand sanitizing stations are located throughout all of our facilities
•Social distancing guidelines have been established
•Quarantine and contact tracing protocols have been established for suspected and/or confirmed cases and a robust follow-up process has been implemented to ensure the well-being of our employees
•Business travel has been restricted
•Eligible employees work remotely
•Employees have been provided with masks, hand sanitizer, and educational resources to take home to their families

In addition to these extensive internal measures, we also retooled and ramped-up numerous production facilities to make masks, hand sanitizer, face shields, ventilators and diagnostic products in order to fulfill the urgent needs of our customers.

Human Rights
We promote respect for fundamental human rights as an essential element of responsible corporate citizenship. We are a founding member of the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA), which is one of the world’s largest industry coalitions for corporate social responsibility in global supply chains. The RBA sets (1) standards regarding excessive working hours and unfair wages, (2) controls to prohibit child labor and human trafficking, and (3) avenues for employees to raise and address workplace health and safety concerns. We have aligned our work programs, processes and procedures to the RBA Code of Conduct so as to ensure working conditions are safe, employees are treated with respect and dignity, and manufacturing process and practices are environmentally responsible.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
At Jabil, our workforce is diverse at its core, and our employees thrive in an entrepreneurial culture where they can do their best work. Diverse backgrounds, experiences and opinions are welcome here. We work together in a way that enables our employees to be their true self, challenges them and encourages them, while allowing them to make a difference at work and in the world.
We act in accordance with our Code of Conduct to create an environment free from discrimination or harassment globally and respect the human rights of our employees. Moreover, we strive to achieve an inclusive and equitable workplace where opportunities for success are created and available for all employees. In order to achieve this, we have trained leaders on unconscious bias to support their capability as inclusive leaders.
In partnership with the University of South Florida's Muma College of Business and the Tampa Bay Lightning, we developed an online certificate program about workplace diversity, equity, and inclusion. Over 135,000 registrants from fifteen different countries, including the US, which led all nations with the most online registrants, signed-up for this seven-week course. The program was offered at no cost and consisted of seven two-hour modules. Over 62,000 registrants completed the program and received a digital certificate and badge to display on social media.
In 2020, we launched a Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) Council comprised of eight global, cross-functional team members who represent the voice of our employees. Under the direction of our CEO and diversity leader, this council has unprecedented access to share directly with our executive leadership team their perspectives, ideas and solutions on diversity,
7
Table of Contents
equity and inclusivity opportunities at Jabil while acting and advocating for progress within spheres of internal and external influence.

Career Growth and Development
At Jabil, we have historically invested in the professional and personal growth and development of our employees at all levels of the organization to ensure continuous learning and skills enrichment. In addition, we undertake talent reviews to assess bench strength and succession planning. During these reviews, we also spotlight high potential talent, retention rates and the diversity composition of our leaders. In FY21, there were over 35,000 internal promotions at various levels in Jabil, a true testament to our ability to grow and develop our own talent.

Compensation and Benefits
Jabil’s compensation programs are designed to align the compensation of our employees with Jabil’s performance and to provide the proper incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees to achieve superior results. Specifically:
•We provide employee relationspay levels that are good.

competitive and consistent with employee positions, skill levels, experience, knowledge and geographic location.

•Salary increases and incentive compensation are based on merit and performance.
•All U.S. employees are eligible for health insurance, paid and unpaid leaves, a retirement plan, and life and disability/accident coverage. Benefits outside the U.S. are provided based upon country-specific practices and are intended to support the health and well-being of our employees and their families.
•Supporting the mental health and emotional well-being of our employees and their families is a high priority at Jabil, and we have implemented several programs and benefits over the past several years to help de-stigmatize mental health issues and assist employees in finding and leveraging appropriate resources. These include a global employee assistance program (EAP), on-site behavioral health resources in some locations and education for our leaders regarding how to recognize and respond to signs of mental health and substance abuse issues.
•Almost all of our employees around the world are eligible to participate in our Employee Stock Purchase plan, allowing them to become owners of Jabil stock at a discount.

Employee Engagement
In May 2021, we conducted a Voice of the Employee Survey, utilizing a third party to administer it. Approximately 90% of our employees responded to the survey, demonstrating the high level of engagement of our employees. In addition, scores across a number of factors were consistently high and exceeded industry benchmark. Action plans have been developed and are in the process of being executed at all sites.
Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture.

Information about our Executive Officers

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. Except as otherwise noted below, each executive officer is a full-time employee of Jabil. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of our executive officers and any other persons pursuant to which any of such executive officers were selected. Below is a list of our executive officers:

Steven D. Borges (age 51)53) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, HealthcareRegulated Industries in September 2016.2020 with additional responsibility for Additive Manufacturing. Mr. Borges served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Healthcare from September 2016 through August 2020. Mr. Borges joined Jabil in 1993 and has global experience in positions of increasing responsibility in Operations, Business Development, Manufacturing Operations and Supply Chain Management. He holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration and Management from Fitchburg State University.

Sergio A. Cadavid

Michael Dastoor (age 63) was named Senior Vice President, Treasurer in September 2013. Mr. Cadavid joined Jabil in 2006 as Treasurer. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Cadavid was Corporate Assistant Treasurer for Owens-Illinois, Inc. in Toledo, Ohio. He has also held various positions with The Quaker Oats Company, Arthur Andersen & Co. and J.M. Family Enterprises, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from the University of Florida and a B.B.A. from Florida International University.

Brenda Chamulak (age 48) was named Senior Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Jabil Packaging Solutions in July 2018. Prior to joining Jabil, Ms. Chamulak was Vice President and General Manager of Personal Care & Home Care, a business unit of Aptar Inc., a global supplier of dispensing and sealing solutions based in Crystal Lake, Illinois. Ms. Chamuluk served as the President, Global Market Development for Aptar’s Beauty + Home, Personal Care Business Unit from 2016 to 2017 and served as the General Manager, Aptar Midland from 2013 to 2016. She joined Aptar in 1992 and held positions of increasing responsibility with Aptar. Ms. Chamulak has a B.A. in Marketing and International Business from Carthage College and an MBA from Marquette University.

Michael Dastoor (age 54)56) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer effective September 2018. Mr. Dastoor joined Jabil in 2000 as Regional Controller – Asia Pacific and was named Controller in June 2004 and Senior Vice President, Controller in July 2010. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Dastoor was a Regional Financial Controller for Inchcape PLC. He holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Bombay. Mr. Dastoor is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

8
Table of Contents
Bruce A. Johnson (age 63)65) was named SeniorExecutive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer in January 2017.2019. Mr. Johnson joined Jabil in 2015 as Vice President, Human Resources.Resources and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer in 2017. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Johnson was Chief Organizational Effectiveness Officer/Executive Vice President, Human Resources for C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc., a wholesale distributor of food and grocery items with headquarters in Keene, New Hampshire from 2007 to 2014. Mr. Johnson also served in senior roles at The Timberland Company, a footwear and apparel designer, retailer and manufacturer in New Hampshire, and E.I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company (Du Pont) in Delaware. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in History from Middlebury College in Vermont.

Robert L. Katz (age 57)59) joined Jabil in March 2016 and was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in September 2016. Mr. Katz transitioned the Corporate Secretary role to a member of his staff in April 2017. In April 2019 he was named Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Katz served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of SharkNinja, a vacuum and kitchen appliance manufacturer. He was previously Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Ingersoll Rand plc, a diversified industrial manufacturer, from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Katz served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer of Federal-Mogul Corporation from 2007 to 2010. From 1999 to 2007 he was General Counsel—EMEA for Delphi Corporation in Paris, France. He began his career with Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy working in the Mergers and Acquisitions and General Corporate Group in New York and London. He earned a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) and a Bachelor of Civil Law (B.C.L.) from McGill University. He is a member of the New York Bar.

Michael J. Loparco (age 48)50) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Engineered Solutions GroupElectronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) in January 2016.September 2020; and currently also has responsibility for Jabil’s Enterprise Supply Chain Strategies and Global IT. Previously, Mr. Loparco served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer. Engineered Solutions Group since January 2016; and also had responsibility for Jabil’s Enterprise Supply Chain, Procurement and certain strategic investments. Prior to that, Mr. Loparco served as President, Chief Executive Officer Industrial and Energy, Senior Vice President, Global Business Units inof Jabil’s High Velocity businessand Energy & Industrial Division and held a variety of global management positions. Before joining Jabil in 1999, Mr. Loparco was an attorney at Holland & Knight, LLP, practicing corporate and commercial litigation.litigation and serving as a certified mediator. He holds a Juris Doctorate from Stetson University College of Law. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in International Business, with minor degrees in SpanishBusiness Management and Business Management,Spanish, from Eckerd College.

Mark Mondello (age 55)57) has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors since March 2013. In addition, Mr. Mondello has been appointed Chairman of the Board effective November 1, 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Mondello served as Chief Operating Officer from 2002 to 2013. Mr. Mondello joined Jabil in 1992 as a manufacturing supervisor. Mr. Mondello was promoted to Project Manager in 1993, named Vice President,supervisor and has held various leadership roles, including SVP, Business Development in 1997, Senior Vice President, Business Development in 1999 and served as Chief Operating Officer from 2002 to 2013.Development. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Mondello was a commercial and defense-related aerospace project manager for Moog, Inc. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of South Florida.

Alessandro Parimbelli

Daryn Smith (age 51) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Enterprise and Infrastructure in July 2013. Mr. Parimbelli joined Jabil in 1998 as a Test Engineering Manager. At Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli served in business management positions in Boise, Idaho and Paris, France before being promoted to Vice President, Global Business Units in 2006. From 2010 through 2012, Mr. Parimbelli was Senior Vice President, Global Business Units and was responsible for Jabil’s Enterprise and Infrastructure business. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli held various engineering positions within Hewlett-Packard and other software engineering companies. He holds an MBA from Colorado State University and a Software Engineering degree from Politecnico of Milan, Italy.

Courtney J. Ryan (age 49) was named Executive Vice President, Corporate Development/Chief of Staff in July 2016. Mr. Ryan joined Jabil in 1993 as a Quality Engineer and worked his way through various operations and business development management positions. He was named Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in 2007. Mr. Ryan served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Nypro from July 2013 to June 2016. Mr. Ryan holds an MBA with a concentration in Decision and Information Science and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics, both from the University of Florida. He also serves on the University of Florida’s MBA and Supply Chain Advisory Board.

Daryn Smith (age 49) was named Senior Vice President, Enterprise & Commercial Controller effectivein June 2018 and assumed leadership of Corporate Development and M&A in September 2018.2020. Mr. Smith served as Chief Financial Officer of EMS from June 2013 through June 2018. Mr. Smith joined Jabil in 2002 and he has held various leadership roles in Risk and Assurance, Financial Planning and Analysis, and Controllership for Jabil.  Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Smith was with the Assurance and Advisory Services practice for Arthur Andersen. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from the University of South Florida and ana MBA from the University of Florida.

Kenneth S. Wilson (age 54)56) was named Executive Vice President and CEO of Jabil Green Point in 2017.2017 and assumed responsibility for Consumer Packaging and Corporate Procurement in September 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Wilson was Senior Vice President of the Telecommunications Infrastructure Sector within Jabil’s Enterprise & Infrastructure group. He first joined Jabil in 2000 as a business unit manager; and has held various leadership roles, including VP of Global Business Units, running businesses such as consumer electronics and telecommunications. Prior to Jabil, he spent 8 years at Motorola, where he served as Operations Director in their Handset Division. Mr. Wilson has a Bachelor’s degree in Manufacturing Engineering and a MBA from Edinburgh Business School.


Additional Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is(727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available our Annual Report on Form10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form10-Q, our Current Reports on Form8-K and any amendments to those reports, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov). The “Investors” section of our website contains a significant amount of information about our Company, including financial and other information for investors. The information that we post on the “Investors” section of our website could be deemed to be
9
Table of Contents
material information. We encourage investors, the media and others interested in Jabil to visit our website. Information on our website, however, is not a part of this report.


10
Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our operating results

Business and Operational Risks
The effect of COVID-19 on our operations and the operations of our customers, suppliers and logistics providers has had, and may fluctuate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a number of factors, including:

adverse changes in current macro-economic conditions, both in the U.S.future again have, a material and internationally;

how well we executeadverse impact on our strategyfinancial condition and operating plans,results of operations.

Our global operations expose us to the COVID-19 pandemic, which has had and will continue to have an adverse impact on our employees, operations, supply chain and distribution system. While we have taken numerous steps to mitigate the impact of changesthe pandemic on our results of operations, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful. To date, COVID-19 has increased our expenses, primarily related to additional labor costs and the procurement of personal protection equipment for our employees globally, and has caused a reduction in factory utilization due to travel disruptions and restrictions. 
COVID-19 continues to spread across the globe and is impacting worldwide economic activity, including our business model;

global manufacturing production sites. Public and private sector policies and initiatives to reduce the volumetransmission of COVID-19, including travel restrictions and timingquarantines, are impacting our operations, including affecting the ability of orders placed by our customers;

the level ofemployees to get to our facilities, reducing capacity utilization levels, causing certain facility or intermittent business closures, and interrupting the movement or increasing the cost of moving components and products through our manufacturing facilitiessupply chain.  If additional factory closures are required or reductions in capacity utilization levels occur, we expect to incur additional direct costs and associated fixed costs;

lost revenue.

Our suppliers have experienced facility closures or reductions in their capacity utilization levels, which in some cases are ongoing.Our suppliers may experience closures or reductions again in the composition offuture. When this occurs we have and may in the costs of revenue amongfuture again have difficulty sourcing materials labornecessary to fulfill production requirements which could lead to higher material and manufacturing overhead;

freight costs.

price competition;

changesCOVID-19 has also impacted our customers and creates unpredictable reductions or increases in demand for our manufacturing services. 

Our ability to continue to manufacture products is highly dependent on our ability to maintain the safety and health of our factory employees. The ability of our employees to work has been, and may again be significantly impacted by individuals contracting or services, as well asbeing exposed to COVID-19. While we are following the volatilityrequirements of governmental authorities and taking preventative and protective measures to prioritize the safety of our employees, these changes;

changesmeasures are not always successful and we have been required to temporarily close facilities or take other measures. In addition, responding to the continuing pandemic diverts management’s attention from our key strategic priorities, and may cause us to reduce, delay, alter or abandon initiatives that may otherwise increase our long-term value or otherwise disrupt our business operations. While we are staying in demand inclose communication with our customers’ end markets, as well assites, employees, customers, suppliers and logistics partners and acting to mitigate the volatilityimpact of these changes;

our exposure to financially-troubled customers;

any potential future termination, or substantial winding down,this dynamic and evolving situation, the duration and extent of significant customer relationships;

our levelthe effect of experience in manufacturing particular products;

the degree of automation used in our assembly process;

the efficiencies achieved in managing inventoriesCOVID-19 on Jabil is not determinable. We believe COVID-19 has had, and property, plant and equipment;

significant costs incurred in acquisitions and other transactions;

fluctuationsmay in the cost and availability of materials;

adverse changes in political conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally, including among other things, adverse changes in tax laws and rates (and government interpretations thereof), adverse changes in trade policiesfuture again have, a material and adverse changes in fiscal and monetary policies;

seasonality in customers’ product demand;

the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor;

changes in stock-based compensation expense due to changes in the expected vesting of performance-based equity awards comprising a portion of such stock-based compensation expense; and

failure to comply with foreign laws, which could result in increased costs and/or taxes.

Any one or a combination of these factors could adversely affectimpact on our annual and quarterlyconsolidated financial position, results of operations inand cash flows. In addition, the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysisimpact of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations.”

the COVID-19 pandemic could exacerbate the other risks we face.

If we do not manage our growth effectively, our profitability could decline.

Our business at times experiences periods of rapid growth which can place considerable demands upon our management team and our operational, financial and management information systems. Our ability to manage growth effectively requires us to continue to implement and improve these systems; avoid cost overruns; maintain customer, supplier and other favorable business relationships during transition periods; efficiently and effectively dedicate resources to existing customers as well as new projects; acquire or construct additional facilities; occasionally transfer operations to different facilities; acquire equipment in anticipation of demand; continue to develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; adapt relatively quickly to new markets or technologies and continue to hire, train, motivate and manage our employees. Our failure to effectively manage growth, as well as our failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the actions we take to try to manage our growth, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend for the foreseeable future, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. See “Business – The Company.” In some instances, particular manufacturing services we provide for a customer represent a significant
11
Table of Contents
portion of the overall revenue we receive from that customer. As a result of this concentration, a reduction in business from one or more of our largest customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if one or more of our significant customers were to become insolvent or otherwise become unable to pay us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Consolidation among our customers exposes us to increased risks, including reduced revenue and dependence on a smaller number of customers. Increasing consolidation in industries that utilize our services may occur as companies combine to achieve further economies of scale and other synergies, which could result in an increase in excess manufacturing capacity as companies seek to divest manufacturing operations or eliminate duplicative product lines. Excess manufacturing capacity may increase pricing and competitive pressures for our industry as a whole and for us in particular. In addition, if one of our customers is acquired by another company that does not rely on us to provide services and has its own production facilities or relies on another provider of similar services, we may lose that customer’s business. Such consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and expose us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers.

Our customers face numerous competitive challenges, which may materially adversely affect their business and ours.

Factors adversely affecting our customers may also adversely affect us. These factors include:

•the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers;
•recessionary periods in our customers’ markets;

•the inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which may contribute to short product life cycles or shifts in our customers’ strategies;

•the inability of our customers to develop, market or gain commercial acceptance of their products, some of which are new and untested;

•the potential that our customers’ products become commoditized or obsolete;

•loss of business or a reduction in pricing power experienced by our customers;

•the emergence of new business models or more popular products and shifting patterns of demand; and

•a highly-competitive consumer products industry, which is often subject to shorter product lifecycles, shiftingend-user preferences and higher revenue volatility.

If our customers are unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, their businesses may be materially adversely affected, reducing the demand for our services, decreasing our revenues or altering our production cycles and inventory management, each of which could adversely affect our ability to cover fixed costs and our gross profit margins and results of operations.

Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, and they may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and manage capital expenditures and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

Most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter. We make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules and locations, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of our manufacturing capacity.capacityand supply chain capabilities. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand. On occasion, customers may requirehave required rapid increases in production for one or more of their products or requestrequested that we relocate our manufacturing operations or transfer manufacturing from one facility to another, which can stressstresses our resources and may reduce operating margins.

Customers have canceled their orders, changed production quantities or designs, delayed production, changed their sourcing strategy and terminated their relationships with us. We cannot assure you that present or future customers will not terminate their service arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce, cancel or delay the amount of services ordered. Such changes, delays and cancellations have led to, and may lead in the future to a decline in our production and our possession of excess or obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell to customers or third parties. This may result in write downs of

inventories, reduction in the number of products that we sell, delays in payment for inventory that we purchased, and reductions in the use of our manufacturing facilities. As many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand, particularly a reduction in demand for a product that represents a significant amount of revenue, can harm our gross profit margins and results of operations.

12
Table of Contents
In addition, we sometimes experience difficulty forecasting the timing of our receipt of payment from customers. The necessary process to begin manufacturing can be lengthy. Because we make capital expenditures during thisramping-up process and do not receive payment until after we produce and ship the customer’s products, any delays or unanticipated costs in theramping-up process may have a significant adverse effect on our cash flows and our results of operations. Servicing our largest customers may also require us to increase our capital expenditures.

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with emerging companies present special risks because we do not have an extensive product or customer relationship history. There is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products making it harder for us to anticipate requirements than with established customers. Our credit risk on these customers, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories, and the risk that these customers will be unable to fulfill indemnification obligations to us are potentially increased. We sometimes offer these customers extended payment terms, loans and other support and financial accommodations which may increaseincreases our financial exposure.

Exposure to financially troubled customers or suppliers may adversely affectexposureand has impacted our financial results.

We provide manufacturing services to companies and industries that haveresults in the past, and may in the future, experience financial difficulty. If our customers experience financial difficulty, we could have difficulty recovering amounts owed to us from these customers, or demand for our products from these customers could decline. Additionally, if our suppliers experience financial difficulty, we could have difficulty sourcing supplies necessary to fulfill production requirements. If one or more of our customers were to become insolvent or otherwise were unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. Such adverse effects could include one or more of the following: an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, a charge for inventory writeoffs, a reduction in revenue, and an increase in our working capital requirements due to higher inventory levels and increases in days our accounts receivable are outstanding. In addition, because we securitize certain of our accounts receivable, our securitization programs could be negatively affected by customer financial difficulty affecting the recovery of a significant amount of receivables.

past.

The success of our business is dependent on our ability to keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in our industry, and our ability to effectively adapt our services as our customers react to technological changes and competitive conditions in their respective industries.

If we are unable to offer technologically advanced, cost effective, quick response manufacturing services that are differentiated from our competition and adapt those services as our customers’ requirements change, demand for our services will decline.

Introducing new business models or programs requiring implementation of new competencies, such as new process technologies and our development of new products or services for customers, could affect our operations and financial results.

The introduction of new business models or programs requiring implementation or development of new competencies, such as new process technology within our operations and our independent development of new products or services for customers, presents challenges in addition to opportunities. The success of new business models or programs depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, a sufficient understanding of the new business or markets, timely and successful product development (by us and/or our customer), market acceptance, our ability to manage the risks associated with new business models or programs and new product productionramp-up, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, our development or acquisition of appropriate intellectual property, the availability of supplies in adequate quantities and at appropriate costs to meet anticipated demand, and the risk that new products may have quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction. Accordingly, we cannot determine in advance the ultimate result of new business models or programs.

As a result, we must make long-term investments, develop or obtain appropriate intellectual property and commit significant resources before knowing whether our assumptions will accurately reflect customer demand for our services or for our customer’s products.demand. After the development of a new business model or program, we typically must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly and at low cost. To accomplish this, we endeavor to accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements; however, we maydo not always succeed at doing so.

We compete with numerous other diversified manufacturing service providers, electronic manufacturing services, and design providers and others.

Our business is highly competitive and our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturers, manufacturing service providers, design providers and design providers.others. The significant purchasing power and market power of these competitors, many large companies, could increase pricing and competitive pressures for us. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, research and development (R&D) and marketing resources. These competitors may:

•respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or changes in customer requirements;

•have technological expertise, engineering capabilities and/or manufacturing resources that are greater than ours;

•have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;

•be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;

•devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services and execution of their strategy;

13
Table of Contents
•be better positioned to compete on price for their services;

•have excess capacity, and be better able to utilize such excess capacity;

•have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers;

•have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide;

•be willing or able to make sales or provide services at lower margins than we do;

•have increased vertical capabilities providing them greater cost savings.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In the past, some of our customers moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

The actions of competitors and current and potential customers have and could cause a decline in our sales and/or compression of our profits.

Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from common carrier or transportation issues.

We rely on a variety of common carriers across the globe to transport our materials from our suppliers and to our customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, including natural disaster, pandemic, labor problems, increased energy prices, or criminal activity, could result in shipping delays for products or materials, increased costs or other supply chain disruptions, and could therefore have a negative impact on our ability to receive products from suppliers and deliver products to customers, resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations.

We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise.

Many of the markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving process development. The continued success of our business will depend upon our ability to:

•hire, retain and expand our pool of qualified engineering and technical personnel;

•maintain and continually improve our technological expertise;

•develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and

•anticipate and respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Although we use the assembly and testing technologies, equipment and processes that are currently required by our customers, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain or develop the capabilities required by our customers in the future. The emergence of new technology, industry standards or customer requirements may render our equipment, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment and the offering of new or additional services to our customers may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating margins and our operating results. In facilities that we newly establish or acquire, we may not be able to insert or maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to our customers’ changing technological needs and requirements or to hire sufficient personnel to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We depend on attracting and retaining officers, managers and skilled personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our officers, managers and skilled personnel. These employees are not generally bound by employment ornon-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain them. To aid in managing our growth and strengthening our pool of management and skilled personnel, we will need to internally develop, recruit and retain skilled management personnel. If we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed.

Efficient component and material purchasing is critical to our manufacturing processes and contractual arrangements. A shortage of components or an increase in price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profit, increase our inventory carrying costs, increase our risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence and cause us to purchase components of a lesser quality.

14
Table of Contents
Strategic and efficient component and materials purchasing is an aspect of our strategy. When prices rise, they may impact our margins and results of operations if we are not able to pass the increases through to our customers or otherwise offset them. Most of our significant long-term customer contracts permit quarterly or other periodic prospective adjustments to pricing based on decreases and increases in component prices and other factors; however, we typically bear the risk of component price increases that occur between any suchre-pricings or, if suchre-pricing is not permitted, during the balance of the term of the particular customer contract. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to purchase the components and materials needed to manufacture customer products at favorable prices. Accordingly, certain component price increases could adversely affect our gross profit margins and results of operations.

Some of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are subject to supply shortages from time to time. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. A supply shortage can also increase our cost of goods sold if we have to pay higher prices for components in limited supply, or cause us to have to redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate a substitute component. In the past there have been industry wide conditions, natural disasters and global events that have caused material shortages.shortagesand shortages from the COVID-19 pandemic are ongoing. Our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality, reliability or availability issues with any of our component suppliers. The financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components and their ability to satisfy any warranty obligations they may have, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If a component shortage is threatened or anticipated, we may purchase such components early to avoid a delay or interruption in our operations. Purchasing components early may cause us to incur additional inventory carrying costs and may cause us to experience inventory obsolescence, both of which may not be recoverable from our customers and could adversely affect our gross profit margins and net income. A component shortage may alsowill require us to look to second tier vendors or to procure components through brokers with whom we are not familiar. These components may be of lesser quality than those we have historically purchased and could cause us to incur costs to bring such components up to our quality levels or to replace defective ones. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Components Procurement.”

We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from our international operations, which may beare subject to a number of different risks and often require more management time and expense than our domestic operations.

Our international operations are subject to a number of risks, including:

•difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and attempting to ensure compliance with our policies, procedures, and applicable local laws;

•less flexible employee relationships that can be difficult and expensive to terminate due to, among other things, labor laws and regulations;

•rising labor costs (including the introduction or expansion of certain social programs), in particular within the lower-cost regions in which we operate, due to, among other things, demographic changes and economic development in those regions;

•labor unrest and dissatisfaction, including potential labor strikes or claims;

•increased scrutiny by the media and other third parties of labor practices within our industry (including working conditions, compliance with employment and labor laws and compensation) which may result in allegations of violations, more stringent and burdensome labor laws and regulations, higher labor costs and/or loss of revenues if our customers become dissatisfied with our labor practices and diminish or terminate their relationship with us;

•burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, domestic and foreign import and export controls, trade barriers (including tariffs and quotas), environmental policies and privacy issues, and local statutory corporate governance rules;

•risk ofnon-compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar regulations in other jurisdictions;

•less favorable, less predictable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;

•lack of sufficient or available locations from which to operate or inability to renew leases on terms that are acceptable to us or at all;

15
Table of Contents
•unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws or government or judicial interpretations of such regulatory requirements and laws and adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

•adverse changes in tax rates or accounting rules and the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws or accounting rules or restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;

•limitations on imports or exports of components or products, or other trade sanctions;

•political and economic instability and unsafe working conditions;

•risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

•inadequate infrastructure for our operations (e.g., lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);

•legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;

•health concerns, epidemics and related government actions;

•increased travel costs and difficulty in coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

•longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;

•fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

•economies that are emerging or developing or that may beare subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks;

•higher potential for theft, misappropriation or unauthorized access to or use of technology, data or intellectual property; and

•international trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could adversely affect our business. Tariffs could increase the costs of the components and raw materials we use in the manufacturing process as well as import and export costs for finished products. Countries could adopt other protectionist measures that could limit our ability to manufacture products or provide services. Increased costs to our U.S. customers who use ournon-U.S. manufacturing sites and components may adversely impact demand for our services and our results of operation and financial condition. Additionally, international trade disputes may cause our customers to decide to relocate the manufacturing of their products to another location, either within country, or into a new country.  Relocations may require considerable management time as well as expenses related to market, personnel and facilities development before any significant revenue is generated, which may negatively affect our margin.  Furthermore, there can be no assurance that all customer manufacturing needs can be met in available locations within the desired timeframe, or at all, which may cause us to lose business, which may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operation.


In particular, a significant portion of our manufacturing, design, support and storage operations are conducted in our facilities in China, and revenues associated with our China operations are important to our success. Therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by economic, political, legal, regulatory, competitive, infrastructure and other factors in China. International trade disputes or political differences with China could result in tariffs and other measures that could adversely affect the Company’s business. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement and control over economic growth. In addition, our operations in China are governed by Chinese laws, rules and regulations, some of which are relatively new. The Chinese legal system continues to rapidly evolve, which may result in uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese laws, rules and regulations that could have a material adverse effect on our business. China experiences high turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector due to the intensely competitive and fluid market for labor, and the retention of adequate labor is a challenge. If our labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage our labor needs, then our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. We are also subject to risks associated with our subsidiaries organized in China. For example, regulatory and registration requirements and government approvals affect the financing that we can provide to our subsidiaries. If we fail to receive required registrations and approvals to fund our subsidiaries organized in China, or if our ability to remit currency out of China is limited, then our business and liquidity could be adversely affected.

These factors may harm our results of operations. Also, any measures that we may implement to reduce risks of our international operations may not be effective, may increase our expenses and may require significant management time and effort. Entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well asstart-up expenses related to
16
Table of Contents
market, personnel and facilities development before any significant revenue is generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable.

Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to cause compliance with the FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions.

We have in the past and will continue to seek and complete acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations and management of our recent acquisitions. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to identify future strategic acquisitions and adequately conduct due diligence, consummate these potential acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, or if consummated, successfully integrate the operations and management of future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve significant risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us including:

•Financial risks, such as: (1) overpayment; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements; (3) exposure to liabilities of the acquired businesses, with contractually-based time and monetary limitations on a seller’s obligation to indemnify us; (4) integration costs or failure to achieve synergy targets; (5) incurrence of additional debt; (6) valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets; (7) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; (8) the risk that we acquire manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue; (9) the risk that, in the future, we may have to close or sell acquired facilities at our cost, which may include substantial employee severance costs and asset write-offs, which have resulted, and may result, in our incurring significant losses; and (10) costs associated with environmental risks including fines, remediation andclean-up.

•Operating risks, such as: (1) the diversion of management’s attention and resources to the integration of the acquired businesses and their employees and to the management of expanding operations; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (4) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (5) the potential for deficiencies in internal controls of the acquired operations; (6) the inability to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (7) potential inexperience in a line of business that is either new to us or that has become materially more significant to us as a result of the transaction; (8) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; (9) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur; (10) the possibility that the acquired business’s past transactions or practices before our acquisition may lead to future commercial or regulatory risks; (11) the difficulty of presenting a unified corporate image; (12) the possibility that we will have unutilized capacity due to our acquisition activity; (13) when acquiring an operation from a customer and continuing or entering into a supply arrangement, our inability to meet the expectations of the customer as to volume, product quality, timeliness and cost reductions.

Although we conduct what we believe to be a prudent level of due diligence regarding the businesses we purchase, in light of the circumstances of each transaction, an unavoidable level of risk remains regarding the actual condition of these businesses. Until we actually assume operating control of such businesses and their assets and operations, we may not be able to ascertain the actual value or understand the potential liabilities of the acquired entities and their operations.

Most of our acquisitions involve operations outside of the U.S., which are subject to various risks including those described in “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense than our domestic operations.”

We have acquired and may continue to pursue the acquisition of manufacturing and supply chain management operations from our customers (or potential customers). In these acquisitions, the divesting company will typically enter into a supply arrangement with the acquirer. Therefore, our competitors often also pursue these acquisitions. In addition, certain divesting companies may choose not to offer to sell their operations to us because of our current supply arrangements with other companies or may require terms and conditions that may impact our profitability. If we are unable to attract and consummate some of these acquisition opportunities at favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be adversely impacted.

We have expanded the primary scope of our acquisitions strategy beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations. As we continue to pursue acquisitions that diversify our business into new industry sectors with new customers and services, the amount and scope of the risks associated may extend beyond
17
Table of Contents
those that we have traditionally faced in making acquisitions. These risks include greater uncertainties in the financial benefits and potential liabilities associated with this expanded base of acquisitions.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past several years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies, closing facilities, reducing the level of staff, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

Restructurings could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings, failure to achieve targeted cost savings, and failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the restructuring process. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent and speed of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce.

When financial markets experience significant turmoil, the financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repay and our customers may be adversely affected.

Credit market turmoil could negatively impact the counterparties and lenders to our forward foreign exchange contracts, trade accounts receivable securitization and sale programs, unsecured credit and term loan facilities, commercial paper program, various foreign subsidiary credit facilities and other debt facilities. These potential negative impacts could limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs or renew or obtain future additional financing. Credit market turmoil could also negatively impact certain of our customers and certain of their respective customers, which could cause them to reduce or cancel their orders and have a negative effect on our results of operations.

We can offer no assurance under the uncommitted trade accounts receivable sales programs that if we attempt to sell receivables through such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks, which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, including our revolving credit facilities.

We are subject to extensive government regulations and industry standards and the terms of complex contracts; a failure to comply with current and future regulations and standards, or the terms of our contractual arrangements, could have an adverse effect on our business, customer relationships, reputation and profitability.

We are subject to extensive government regulation and industry standards relating to the products we design and manufacture as well as how we conduct our business, including regulations and standards relating to labor and employment practices, workplace health and safety, the environment, sourcing and import/export practices, the market sectors we support, privacy and data protection, the regulations that apply to government contracts, and many other facets of our operations. The regulatory climate in the U.S. and other countries has become increasingly complex and fragmented, and regulatory activity has increased in recent periods. Failure or noncompliance with such regulations or standards could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations. In addition, we regularly enter into a large number of complex contractual arrangements as well as operate pursuant to the terms of a significant number of ongoing intricate contractual arrangements. Our failure or our customers’ failure to comply with the terms of such arrangements could expose us to claims or other demands and could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations.

If we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline, our reputation may be damaged and we may be subject to liability claims.

Our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes and design services that we use to produce them often are highly complex. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or canceled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or of our manufacturing processes or facilities may subject us to regulatory enforcement, fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down, temporarily halt operations or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects may result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product or adversely affect product sales or our reputation. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects or defective specifications, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims. Any of these actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue or damage our reputation as a supplier to these customers.

We may face heightened liability risks specific to our medical device business as a result of additional healthcare regulatory related compliance requirements and the potential severe consequences (e.g., death or serious injury) that could result from manufacturing defects or malfunctions of the medical devices we manufacture or design.

As a service provider engaged in the business of designing and manufacturing medical devices for our customers, we have compliance requirements in addition to those relating to other industries we serve within our business. We are required to register with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), including current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMPs). This regulation establishes requirements for manufacturers of medical devices to implement design and process manufacturing controls, quality control, labeling, handling and documentation procedures. The FDA, through periodic inspections and post-market surveillance, continuously and rigorously monitors compliance with these QSR requirements and other applicable regulatory requirements. If any FDA inspection reveals noncompliance, and we do not address the FDA’s concerns to its satisfaction, the FDA may elect to take enforcement action against us, including issuing inspection observations or a notice of violation or a warning letter, imposing fines, bringing an action against the Company and its officers, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured, issuing an import detention on products entering the U.S. from an offshore facility or temporarily halting operations at or shutting down a manufacturing facility.

Beyond the FDA, our medical device business is also subject to applicable state and foreign regulatory requirements. Within the European Union (“EU”), we are required to fulfill certain internationally recognized standards and must undergo periodic inspections to obtain and maintain certifications to these standards. Continued noncompliance to the EU regulations could stop the flow of products into the EU from us or from our customers. In China, the Safe Food and Drug Administration controls and regulates the manufacture and commerce of healthcare products. We must comply with the regulatory laws applicable to medical device manufactures or our ability to manufacture products in China could be impacted. In Japan, the Pharmaceutical Affairs Laws regulate the manufacture and commerce of healthcare products. These regulations also require that subcontractors manufacturing products intended for sale in Japan register with authorities and submit to regulatory audits. Other foreign countries where we operate have similar laws regarding the regulation of medical device manufacturing. In the event of any noncompliance with these requirements, interruption of our operations and/or ability to allow commerce in these markets could occur, which in turn could cause our reputation and business to suffer.

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, generation, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments and those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations or timely obtain any needed permits, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of anynon-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities.

Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, or on parties who arranged for hazardous substance treatment or disposal, even if such person or company was unaware of, or not responsible for, contamination at the affected site. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at or near, or may have arisen from, some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to address such contamination. As a result, we may incurclean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be responsible forclean-up costs and other liabilities, including the possibility of claims due to health risks by both employees andnon-employees, as well as other third-party claims in connection with contaminated sites.

In addition, there is an increasing governmental focus around the world on global warming and environmental impact issues, which may result in new environmental, health and safety regulations that may affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs for compliance, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

We have limited insurance coverage for potential environmental liabilities associated with current operations and we do not anticipate increasing such coverage in the future.

Our manufacturing, production and design processes and services may result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims.

Providing manufacturing services can expose us to potential claims that products, designs or manufacturing processes we use infringe third party intellectual property rights. Even though many of our manufacturing services contracts require our customers to indemnify us for infringement claims relating to their products, including associated product specifications and designs, a particular customer may not, or may not have the resources to, assume responsibility for such claims. In addition, we may be responsible for claims that our manufacturing processes or components used in manufacturing infringe third party intellectual property rights. Providing turnkey design solutions, and design and other services can expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face providing just manufacturing services, including an increase in exposure to potential claims that products we design or supply, or materials or components we use, infringe third party intellectual property rights. Infringement claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, potential injunctive action, or hamper our normal operations such as by interfering with the availability of components. Regardless of the merits of any such claim, it could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may spend significant amounts of money and effort to developnon-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. Our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products that are alleged to be infringing, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. These risks may be heightened in connection with our customer relationships with emerging companies.

Components we purchase, products we design and/or manufacture and/or services we provide may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, some of whom may hold key intellectual property rights in areas in which we operate. Our customers or suppliers could also become subject to infringement claims. Patent clearance or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid third party claims. Additionally, customers for our services in which we have significant technology contributions, typically require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against our customers, our suppliers or us for such infringement, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in the defense or settlement of such claims, or in the defense or

settlement of related indemnification claims. In the event of a claim, we may be required to spend significant amounts of money and effort to developnon-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining or maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. We, our suppliers or our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights.

In certain circumstances, we strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights related to solutions, designs, processes and products that we create. We believe that obtaining a significant level of protected proprietary technology may give us a competitive advantage. In addition to selectively relying on patent rights, we rely on unpatented proprietaryknow-how and trade secrets, and employ various methods, includingnon-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures to protect ourknow-how and trade secrets. However, we cannot be certain the measures we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our solutions, designs, processes and products, this could reduce or eliminate competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Even if we take steps to protect certain intellectual property rights, these mechanisms may not afford complete or sufficient protection, and misappropriation may still occur. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire or enforce our patent or other rights, if any, and that others will not independently develop similarknow-how and trade secrets, or develop better solutions, designs, processes and products than us. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to prevent current and former employees, contractors and other parties from breachingnon-disclosure agreements and misappropriating proprietary information. If any of the foregoing occur, it could impair our ability to compete with others in our industry, result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We are currently in the process of completing the installation of an enterprise resource planning system in certain of our manufacturing facilities, which will replace the existing planning and financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.

Disruptions to our information systems, including security breaches, losses of data or outages, and other security issues, could adversely affect our operations.

We rely on information systems, some of which are owned and operated by third parties, to store, process and transmit confidential information, including financial reporting, inventory management, procurement, invoicing and electronic communications, belonging to our customers, our suppliers, our employees and/or us. We attempt to monitor and mitigate our exposure and modify our systems when warranted and we have implemented certain business continuity items including data backups at alternative sites. Nevertheless, these systems are vulnerable to, and at times have suffered from, among other things, damage from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, terrorist attacks, security breaches, cyberattacks and computer viruses. We regularly face attempts by others to access our information systems in an unauthorized manner, to introduce malicious software to such systems or both. The increased use of mobile technologies and the internet of things can heighten these and other operational risks. If we, or the third parties who own and operate certain of our information systems, are unable to prevent such breaches, losses of data and outages, our operations could be disrupted. Also, the time and funds spent on monitoring and mitigating our exposure and responding to breaches, including the training of employees, the purchase of protective technologies and the hiring of additional employees and consultants to assist in these efforts could adversely affect our financial results. The increasing sophistication of cyberattacks requires us to continually evaluate the threat landscape and new technologies and processes intended to detect and prevent these attacks. There can be no assurance that the security measures and systems configurations we choose to implement will be sufficient to protect the data we manage. Any theft or misuse of information resulting from a security breach could result in, among other things, loss of significant and/or sensitive information, litigation by affected parties, financial obligations resulting from such theft or misuse, higher insurance premiums, governmental investigations, negative reactions from current and potential future customers (including potential negative financial

ramifications under certain customer contract provisions) and poor publicity and any of these could adversely affect our financial results. In addition, we must comply with increasingly complex regulations intended to protect business and personal data in the U.S. and elsewhere. Compliance with these regulations can be costly and any failure to comply could result in legal and reputational risks as well as penalties, fines and damages that could adversely affect our financial results.

Regulatory Risks
We are subject to extensive government regulations and industry standards and the terms of complex contracts; a failure to comply with current and future regulations and standards, or the terms of our contractual arrangements, could have an adverse effect on our business, customer relationships, reputation and profitability.
We are subject to extensive government regulation and industry standards relating to the products we design and manufacture as well as how we conduct our business, including regulations and standards relating to labor and employment
18
Table of Contents
practices, workplace health and safety, the environment, sourcing and import/export practices, the market sectors we support, privacy and data protection, the regulations that apply to government contracts, and many other facets of our operations. The regulatory climate in the U.S. and other countries has become increasingly complex and fragmented, and regulatory activity has increased in recent periods. Failure or noncompliance with such regulations or standards could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations. In addition, we regularly enter into a large number of complex contractual arrangements as well as operate pursuant to the terms of a significant number of ongoing intricate contractual arrangements. Our failure or our customers’ failure to comply with the terms of such arrangements could expose us to claims or other demands and could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations.
If we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline, our reputation may be damaged and we may be subject to liability claims.
Our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes and design services that we use to produce them often are highly complex. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, have occurred and may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or canceled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or of our manufacturing processes or facilities may subject us to regulatory enforcement, fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down, temporarily halt operations or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects have, and may in the future result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product or adversely affect product sales or our reputation. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects or defective specifications, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims. Any of these actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue or damage our reputation as a supplier to these customers.
We may face heightened liability risks specific to our medical device business as a result of additional healthcare regulatory related compliance requirements and the potential severe consequences (e.g., death or serious injury) that could result from manufacturing defects or malfunctions of the medical devices we manufacture or design.
As a service provider engaged in the business of designing and manufacturing medical devices for our customers, we have compliance requirements in addition to those relating to other industries we serve within our business. We are required to register with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”), including current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMPs). This regulation establishes requirements for manufacturers of medical devices to implement design and process manufacturing controls, quality control, labeling, handling and documentation procedures. The FDA, through periodic inspections and post-market surveillance, continuously and rigorously monitors compliance with these QSR requirements and other applicable regulatory requirements. If any FDA inspection reveals noncompliance, and we do not address the FDA’s concerns to its satisfaction, the FDA may elect to take enforcement action against us, including issuing inspection observations or a notice of violation or a warning letter, imposing fines, bringing an action against the Company and its officers, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured, issuing an import detention on products entering the U.S. from an offshore facility or temporarily halting operations at or shutting down a manufacturing facility.
Beyond the FDA, our medical device business is also subject to applicable state and foreign regulatory requirements. Within the European Union (“EU”), we are required to fulfill certain internationally recognized standards and must undergo periodic inspections to obtain and maintain certifications to these standards. Continued noncompliance to the EU regulations could stop the flow of products into the EU from us or from our customers. In China, the Safe Food and Drug Administration controls and regulates the manufacture and commerce of healthcare products. We must comply with the regulatory laws applicable to medical device manufactures or our ability to manufacture products in China could be impacted. In Japan, the Pharmaceutical Affairs Laws regulate the manufacture and commerce of healthcare products. These regulations also require that subcontractors manufacturing products intended for sale in Japan register with authorities and submit to regulatory audits. Other foreign countries where we operate have similar laws regarding the regulation of medical device manufacturing. In the event of any noncompliance with these requirements, interruption of our operations and/or ability to allow commerce in these markets could occur, which in turn could cause our reputation and business to suffer.
Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.
We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those arising from global pandemics or relating to the use, generation,
19
Table of Contents
storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments and those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations or timely obtain any needed permits, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities.
Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, or on parties who arranged for hazardous substance treatment or disposal, even if such person or company was unaware of, or not responsible for, contamination at the affected site. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at or near, or may have arisen from, some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to address such contamination. As a result, we may incur clean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be responsible for clean-up costs and other liabilities, including the possibility of claims due to health risks by both employees and non-employees, as well as other third-party claims in connection with contaminated sites.
In addition, there is an increasing governmental focus around the world on global warming and environmental impact issues, which may result in new environmental, health and safety regulations that may affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs for compliance, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.
We have limited insurance coverage for potential environmental liabilities associated with current operations and we do not anticipate increasing such coverage in the future.
Our operations result in exposure to intellectual property claims.

Our operations expose us to intellectual property rights claims from third parties, some of whom may hold key intellectual property rights in areas in which we operate. Intellectual property clearance or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid intellectual property claims. Our customers or suppliers, or their customers or suppliers, could also become subject to intellectual property claims.

Even though many, but not all, of our contracts require others to indemnify Jabil for intellectual property claims relating to their products, designs or technology, any such party may not, or may not have the resources to, assume responsibility for such claims. We may be responsible for claims that our services, designs, technology and products, or components, equipment or processes we supply or use, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate third party intellectual property rights. Providing turnkey design solutions, designs, technology and other services may expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face providing traditional manufacturing services. These liabilities may include an increase in exposure to claims that products we design or supply, or materials or components we use, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate third-party intellectual property rights. Customers for our services in which we provide significant design or technology contributions sometimes require that we indemnify them against risk of intellectual property claims.

If any intellectual property claims are brought, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in the defense or settlement of such claims, or in the defense or settlement of related indemnification claims. Intellectual property rights claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, potential injunctive action, or hamper our normal operations such as by interfering with the availability of components or have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may spend significant amounts of money and effort to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. We, or suppliers or customers, may be required to or decide to discontinue products or services, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. These risks may be heightened in connection with our customer relationships with emerging companies.
The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights.
20
Table of Contents
In certain circumstances, we strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights related to solutions, designs, processes and products that we create. We believe that obtaining a significant level of protected proprietary technology may give us a competitive advantage. In addition to selectively relying on patent rights, we rely on unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets, and employ various methods, including non-disclosure agreements, with our customers, employees and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. However, we cannot be certain the measures we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our solutions, designs, processes and products, this could reduce or eliminate competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Even if we take steps to protect certain intellectual property rights, these mechanisms may not afford complete or sufficient protection, and misappropriation or unauthorized use may still occur. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire or enforce our patent or other rights, if any, and that others will not independently develop similar know-how and trade secrets, or develop better solutions, designs, processes and products than us. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to prevent current or former customers, employees, contractors and other parties from breaching non-disclosure agreements and misappropriating proprietary information. If any of the foregoing occur, it could impair our ability to compete, result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Financial Risks
Exposure to financially troubled customers or suppliers may adversely affect our financial results.
We provide manufacturing services to companies and industries that have in the past, and may in the future, experience financial difficulty. When customers experience financial difficulty, we have difficulty recovering amounts owed to us from these customers, and demand for our products from these customers sometimes declines. Additionally, if our suppliers experience financial difficulty, we could have difficulty sourcing supplies necessary to fulfill production requirements. When one or more of our customers becomes insolvent or otherwise is unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition are adversely affected. Such adverse effects have included and may in the future include one or more of the following: an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, a charge for inventory writeoffs, an impairment of contract assets, a reduction in revenue, and an increase in our working capital requirements due to higher inventory levels and increases in days our accounts receivable are outstanding. In addition, because we securitize certain of our accounts receivable, our securitization programs could be negatively affected by customer financial difficulty affecting the recovery of a significant amount of receivables.
When financial markets experience significant turmoil, the financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repay and our customers may be adversely affected.
Credit market turmoil could negatively impact the counterparties and lenders to our forward foreign exchange contracts, trade accounts receivable securitization and sale programs, unsecured credit and term loan facilities, commercial paper program, various foreign subsidiary credit facilities and other debt facilities. These potential negative impacts could limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs or renew or obtain future additional financing. Credit market turmoil could also negatively impact certain of our customers and certain of their respective customers, which could cause them to reduce or cancel their orders and have a negative effect on our results of operations.
We can offer no assurance under the uncommitted trade accounts receivable sales programs that if we attempt to sell receivables through such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks, which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, including our revolving credit facilities.
We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law (including adverse changes to the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws). We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes. In addition, our effective tax rate may be increased by changes in the mix of earnings between jurisdictions, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in our cash management strategies, changes in local tax rates or countries adopting more aggressive interpretations of tax laws, or other legislative changes, including the Tax Cuts and Jobs Actproposed Made in America tax plan, if enacted.
21
Table of 2017 (“Tax Act”).

Contents

Several countries in which we are located allow for tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained incentives where available and practicable. Our taxes could increase if certain tax incentives are retracted, which could occur if we are unable to satisfy the conditions on which such incentives are based, if they are not renewed upon expiration, or if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions otherwise increase. It is not anticipated that any material tax incentives will expire within the next year. However, dueDue to the possibility of changes in existing tax law and our operations, we are unable to predict how any expirations will impact us in the future. In addition, acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase, depending on the jurisdictions in which the acquired operations are located.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide financing, products and services to, and may undertake certain significant transactions with, other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. Several jurisdictions in which we operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules that require that all transactions withnon-resident related parties be priced using arm’s length pricing principles, and that contemporaneous documentation must exist to support such pricing. There is a risk that the taxing authorities may not deem our transfer pricing documentation acceptable. In addition, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development continues to issue guidelines and proposals related to Base Erosion and Profit Shifting which may result in legislative changes that could reshape international tax rules in numerous countries and negatively impact our effective tax rate.

Our credit rating may be downgraded.

Our credit is and certain of our financial instruments and our commercial paper are rated by credit rating agencies. Any potential future negative change in our credit ratings may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all; negatively impact the price of our common stock; increase our interest payments under existing debt agreements; cause us to lose the ability to utilize our commercial paper program; and have other negative implications on our business, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, the interest rate payable under the 2017 Credit Facility (as such terms are defined in Note 87 – “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements) is subject to adjustment from time to time if our credit ratings change. Thus, any potential future negative change in our credit rating may increase the interest rate payable on the 2017 Credit Facility and certain of our other borrowings.

Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.

The Company has a number of debt facilities. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 87 – “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities, undertake significant additional expansion activities, or make substantial investments in our infrastructure or in support of customer opportunities, our capital needs would increase and could result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable. An increase in the level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

•make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

•limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business;

•make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business; and

•impact certain financial covenants that we are subject to in connection with our debt and asset-backed securitization programs.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet future debt service obligations.

An adverse change in the interest rates for our borrowings could adversely affect our financial condition.

We pay interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and certain other long term debt obligations at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. An adverse change in the base rates upon which our interest rates are determined could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If certain economic or fiscal issues occur, interest rates could rise, which would increase our interest costs and reduce our net income. Also, increased interest rates could make any future fixed interest rate debt obligations more expensive.

In addition, the U. K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Funding Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace2021, though the ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it would consider ceasing the publication of the one week and two-month U.S. dollar LIBOR. Plans for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced. AtLIBOR settings at the end of 2021 and phase out the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings by June 30, 2023.The transition from LIBOR to a new replacement benchmark is
22
Table of Contents
uncertain at this time weand the consequences of such developments cannot predict how markets will respond to these proposed alternative rates orbe entirely predicted but could result in an increase in the effectcost of any changes to LIBOR or the discontinuation of LIBOR. If LIBOR is no longer available or if our lenders have increased costs due to changes in LIBOR, we may experience potential increases in interest ratesborrowings on our variable rate debt, which could adversely impact our interest expense, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.

Although a significant number of our operations are located outside the United States, the majority of our business is conducted in U.S. dollars. Changes in exchange rates will affect our net revenue, cost of sales, operating margins and net income. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations. We use financial instruments, primarily forward contracts, to hedge our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. We believe that our hedging activities enable us to largely protect ourselves from future exchange rate fluctuations. If, however, these hedging activities are not successful, if the counterparties to these hedging activities default on their obligations to us or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates. In addition, certain countries in which we operate have adopted, or may adopt, currency controls requiring that local transactions be settled only in local currency. Such controls could require us to hedge larger amounts of local currency than we have in the past.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.
Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our facilities and transportation activities. An increase in energy prices, which have been volatile historically, could cause an increase in our raw material costs and transportation costs. In addition, increased transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers could be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.
An impairment in the value of our assets would reduce the value of our assets and reduce our net income in the year in which the write-off occurs.
We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. We perform a goodwill impairment analysis on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired. Refer to note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the impairment testing of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. A decline in general economic conditions or global equity valuations could impact the judgments and assumptions about the fair value of our businesses and we could be required to record impairment charges on our goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets in the future, which could impact our consolidated balance sheet, as well as our consolidated statement of operations.
General Risk Factors
Changes in financial accounting standards or policies have affected, and in the future may affect, our reported financial condition or results of operations.

We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions that are completed before a change is announced. Changes to those rules or questions as to how we interpret or implement them may have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results or on the way we conduct business. For example, significant changes to revenue recognition rules have been adopted and first applied to us in fiscal year 2019.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our facilities and transportation activities. An increase in energy prices, which have been volatile historically, could cause an increase in our raw material costs and transportation costs. In addition, increased transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers could be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

We are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, climate change and global events.

Our operations and those of our customers and suppliers have been and may again be subject to natural disasters, climate change-related events, pandemics or other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our results of operation and increase our costs and expenses. We are susceptible to losses and interruptions caused by hurricanes (including in Florida, where our headquarters are located), earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water or other natural resource shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, drought, fire, extreme weather conditions, rising sea level, geopolitical events such as direct or indirect terrorist acts or acts of war, other natural or manmade disasters, boycotts and sanctions or widespread criminal activities. Such events could make it difficult or impossible to manufacture or to deliver products to our customers, receive production materials from our suppliers, or perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business globally or in certain regions. While we maintain similar manufacturing capacities at different locations and coordinate multi-source supplier
23
Table of Contents
programs on many of our materials, which we believe better enables us to respond to these types of events, we cannot be sure that our plans will fully protect us from all such disruptions. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

While we manufacture our products in a large number of diversified facilities and maintain insurance covering our facilities, including business interruption insurance, a catastrophic loss of the use of all or a portion of one of our key manufacturing facilities due to accident, labor issues, weather conditions, natural disaster or otherwise, whether short- or long-term, could have a material adverse effect on us.

24
Table of Contents
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports.

Item 2. Properties

We own or lease facilities located primarily in the countriesgeographies listed below. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. The majority of the square footage is active manufacturing space and are reported in both the EMS and DMS operating segments, as both use these properties. Our corporate headquarters is located in St. Petersburg, Florida.

The table below lists the approximate square footage for our facilities as of August 31, 20192021 (in thousands)millions):

LocationApproximate
Square Footage
Asia34 
Americas16 
Europe5 
Total as of August 31, 2021 (1)(2)
55 
LocationApproximate
Square Footage
Asia32,620
Americas15,425
Europe4,791

Total as of August 31, 2019(1)(2)52,836

(1)

Approximately 11% of our total square footage is not currently used in business operations.

(2)

Consists of 18.1 million square feet in facilities that we own with the remaining 34.7 million square feet in leased facilities.

(1)Approximately 12% of our total square footage is not currently used in business operations.
(2)Consists of 19 million square feet in facilities that we own with the remaining 36 million square feet in leased facilities.
Our manufacturing facilities are ISO certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards and most are also certified toISO-14001:2004 environmental standards.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are party

See the discussion in Note 18 - “Commitments and Contingencies” to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

25
Table of Contents
PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information and Dividends

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JBL.” See discussion of our cash dividends declared to common shareholders in Note 11—“Stockholders’12 - “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We expect to continue to declare and pay quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

performance and global economic conditions.

On October 14, 2019,2021, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $35.64.$62.97. As of October 14, 2019,2021, there were 1,3131,207 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.

Stock Performance Graph

The performance graph and table show a comparison of cumulative total stockholder return, assuming the reinvestment of dividends, from a $100 investment in the common stock of Jabil over the five-year period ending August 31, 2019,2021, with the cumulative stockholder return of the (1) S&P MidCap 400 Index and (2) peer group which includes Celestica Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd, Flex Ltd.,Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co. Ltd, Plexus Corp., and Sanmina Corp.

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return

LOGO

August 31  2014   2015   2016   2017   2018   2019 

Jabil Inc.

  $100   $91   $101   $152   $145   $143 

S&P MidCap 400 Index – Total Returns

   100    100    112    126    151    142 

Peer Group

   100    88    91    145    110    82 

jbl-20210831_g2.jpg

August 31201620172018201920202021
Jabil Inc.$100 $150 $143 $141 $169 $307 
S&P MidCap 400 Index – Total Returns$100 $112 $135 $126 $132 $190 
Peer Group$100 $157 $114 $89 $102 $161 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our repurchase of common stock during the three months ended August 31, 2019:

Period  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)		   Average Price
Paid per Share		   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Program(2)		   Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program
(in thousands)(2)		 

June 1, 2019 - June 30, 2019

   45   $26.92    —     $—   

July 1, 2019 - July 31, 2019

   633   $30.92    —     $—   

August 1, 2019 - August 31, 2019

   —     $—      —     $—   
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

   678   $30.65    —     

2021:
26
Table of Contents
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
Average Price
Paid per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Program(2)(3)
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
(in millions)(2)(3)
June 1, 2021 - June 30, 20211,034,236 $56.75 1,034,236 $66 
July 1, 2021 - July 31, 2021900,245 $56.31 891,375 $1,015 
August 1, 2021 - August 31, 2021959,938 $59.72 959,820 $958 
Total2,894,419 $57.60 2,885,431 
(1)

The purchases include amounts that are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees to satisfy, in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights, their tax withholding obligations.

(1)The purchases include amounts that are attributable to 8,988 shares surrendered to us by employees to satisfy, in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights, their tax withholding obligations.
(2)In September 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $600 million of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release on September 24, 2019 (the “2020 Share Repurchase Program”). No authorization remains under the 2020 Share Repurchase Program as of August 31, 2021.
(3)In July 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release on July 23, 2021 (the “2022 Share Repurchase Program”).



Item 6. [Reserved]
(2)

In September 2019, our Board of Directors (“the Board”) authorized the repurchase of up to $600.0 million of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release on September 24, 2019 (“the 2020 Share Repurchase Program”). From September 24, 2019 through October 14, 2019, we repurchased 874,475 shares, utilizing a total of $30.8 million of the $600.0 million authorized by our Board of Directors.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected data is derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017  2016  2015 
   (in thousands, except for per share data) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Net revenue

  $25,282,320  $22,095,416  $19,063,121  $18,353,086  $17,899,196 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   701,356   542,153   410,230   522,833   555,411 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

   450,704   373,401   256,233   387,045   431,646 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   289,474   87,541   127,167   254,896   294,185 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

   —     —     —     —     (8,573) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   289,474   87,541   127,167   254,896   285,612 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $287,111  $86,330  $129,090  $254,095  $284,019 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.:

      

Basic:

      

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $1.85  $0.50  $0.71  $1.33  $1.51 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

  $—    $—    $—    $—    $(0.04) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $1.85  $0.50  $0.71  $1.33  $1.47 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $1.81  $0.49  $0.69  $1.32  $1.49 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

  $—    $—    $—    $—    $(0.04) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $1.81  $0.49  $0.69  $1.32  $1.45 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017  2016  2015 
   (in thousands) 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

      

Working capital(2)

  $(187,020)  $319,050  $(243,910)  $280,325  $191,168 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $12,970,475  $12,045,641  $11,095,995  $10,322,677  $9,591,600 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Current installments of notes payable and long-term debt

  $375,181  $25,197  $444,255  $44,689  $321,964 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments

  $2,121,284  $2,493,502  $1,606,017  $2,046,655  $1,308,663 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity

  $1,887,443  $1,950,257  $2,353,514  $2,438,171  $2,314,856 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common stock shares outstanding

   153,520   164,588   177,728   186,998   192,068 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017  2016  2015 
   (in thousands) 

Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

      

Investing activities:

      

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

  $(1,005,480)  $(1,036,651)  $(716,485)  $(924,239)  $(963,145) 

Proceeds and advances from sale of property, plant and equipment

  $218,708  $350,291  $175,000  $26,031  $15,784 

Financing activities:

      

Payments to acquire treasury stock

  $(350,323)  $(450,319)  $(306,640)  $(148,340)  $(85,576) 

(1)

During fiscal year 2014, we sold our Aftermarket Services business for consideration of $725.0 million.

(2)

Working capital is defined as current assets minus current liabilities.

27
Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in various industries and end markets. We derive substantially all of our revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompass the act of producing tangible components that are built to customer specifications and are then provided to the customer.

We have two reporting segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), which are organized based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles. Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, utilizing our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and our ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment is a high volume business that produces product at a quicker rate (i.e. cycle time) and in larger quantities and includes customers primarily in the automotive5G, wireless and transportation, capital equipment, cloud, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications,digital print and retail, industrial and smart homesemi-cap, and appliancesnetworking and storage industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions, with an emphasis on material sciences, technologies and healthcare. Our DMS segment includes customers primarily in the edgeautomotive and transportation, connected devices, and accessories, healthcare mobility and packaging, and mobility industries.


As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within our operating segments. Our operating segments, which are the reporting segments, continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are now presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.
Our cost of revenue includes the cost of electronic components and other materials that comprise the products we manufacture; the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead; and adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory. As a provider of turnkey manufacturing services, we are responsible for procuring components and other materials. This requires us to commit significant working capital to our operations and to manage the purchasing, receiving, inspecting and stocking of materials. At times, we collect deposits from our customers related to the purchase of inventory in order to effectively manage our working capital. Although we bear the risk of fluctuations in the cost of materials and excess scrap, our ability to purchase components and materials efficiently may contribute significantly to our operating results. While we periodically negotiate cost of materials adjustments with our customers, rising component and material prices may negatively affect our margins. Net revenue from each product that we manufacture consists of an element based on the costs of materials in that product and an element based on the labor and manufacturing overhead costs allocated to that product. Our gross margin for any product depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the product and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the product.

Our operating results are impacted by the level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities; indirect labor costs; and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating income margins have generally improved during periods of high production volume and high capacity utilization. During periods of low production volume, we generally have reduced operating income margins.

We monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers we serve as well as our end markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can try to respond appropriately as circumstances change.

We have consistently utilized advanced circuit design, production design and manufacturing technologies to meet the needs of our customers. To support this effort, our engineering staff focuses on developing and refining design and manufacturing technologies to meet specific needs of specific customers. Most of the expenses associated with these customer-specific efforts are reflected in our cost of revenue. In addition, our engineers engage in research and development (“R&D”) of new technologies that apply generally to our operations. The expenses of these R&D activities are reflected in the research and development line item within our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

An important element of our strategy is the expansion of our global production facilities. The majority of our revenue and materials costs worldwide are denominated in U.S. dollars, while our labor and utility costs in operations outside the U.S. are denominated in local currencies. We economically hedge certain of these local currency costs, based on our evaluation of the potential exposure as compared to the cost of the hedge, through the purchase of foreign currency exchange contracts. Changes
28
Table of Contents
in the fair market value of such hedging instruments are reflected within the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

See Note 1213 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

COVID-19

The COVID-19 pandemic, which began to impact us in January 2020, has continued to affect our business and the businesses of our customers and suppliers. Travel and business operation restrictions arising from virus containment efforts of governments around the world have continued to impact our operations in Asia, Europe and the Americas. Essential activity exceptions from these restrictions have allowed us to continue to operate but virus containment efforts have resulted in additional direct costs.
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, we incurred approximately $142 million in direct costs associated with the COVID-19 outbreak, primarily due to incremental and idle labor costs and the procurement of personal protection equipment for our employees globally. This increase in costs was partially offset by governmental subsidies, such as lower payroll taxes or social insurance in certain countries, related to COVID-19 incentives.
The impact on our suppliers has led to supply chain constraints, including difficulty sourcing materials necessary to fulfill customer production requirements and challenges in transporting completed products to our end customers.
Summary of Results

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain key operating results and other financial information (in thousands,millions, except per share data):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Net revenue

  $25,282,320   $22,095,416   $19,063,121 

Gross profit

  $1,913,401   $1,706,792   $1,545,643 

Operating income

  $701,356   $542,153   $410,230 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $287,111   $86,330   $129,090 

Earnings per share – basic

  $1.85   $0.50   $0.71 

Earnings per share – diluted

  $1.81   $0.49   $0.69 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net revenue$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 
Gross profit$2,359 $1,931 $1,913 
Operating income$1,055 $500 $701 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.$696 $54 $287 
Earnings per share – basic$4.69 $0.36 $1.85 
Earnings per share – diluted$4.58 $0.35 $1.81 
Key Performance Indicators

Management regularly reviews financial andnon-financial performance indicators to assess the Company’s operating results. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities are largely affected by our working capital requirements, which are dependent on the effective management of our sales cycle as well as timing of payments. Our sales cycle measures how quickly we can convert our manufacturing services into cash through sales. We believe the metrics set forth below are useful to investors in measuring our liquidity as future liquidity needs will depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable.
The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, certain of management’s key financial performance indicators:

Three Months Ended
August 31, 20192021May 31, 20192021August 31, 2020February 28, 2019November 30, 2018

Sales cycle(1)

19 days27 days25 days16 days

Inventory turns (annualized)(2)

5 turns5 turns6 turns6 turns6 turns6 turns

Days in accounts receivable(3)

38 days40 days39 35 days38 days38 days

Days in inventory(4)

71 days5868 days56 days64 days65 days60 days

Days in accounts payable(5)

90 days7784 days 75 days76 days78 days82 days
Three Months Ended
August 31, 2018May 31, 2018February 28, 2018November 30, 2017

Sales cycle(1)

1 day9 days3 days(2) days

Inventory turns (annualized)

6 turns6 turns6 turns6 turns

Days in accounts receivable

26 days26 days26 days25 days

Days in inventory(4)

58 days60 days
62 days58 days

Days in accounts payable(5)

83 days77 days85 days85 days

(1)

The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators.

(2)

In connection with the adoption of Accounting Standards UpdateNo. 2014-09 (“ASU2014-09”), Revenue Recognition (Topic 606), inventory turns are calculated based on inventory and contract asset balances for the three months ended August 31, 2019, May 31, 2019, February 28, 2019 and November 30, 2018.

(3)

During the three months ended November 30, 2018, the increase in days in accounts receivable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by the amended and new securitization programs and higher sales and timing of collections.

(4)

In connection with the adoption of ASU2014-09, days in inventory are calculated based on inventory and contract asset balances for the three months ended August 31, 2019, May 31, 2019, February 28, 2019 and November 30, 2018. During the three months ended August 31, 2019, the decrease in days in inventory from prior sequential quarter was primarily due to increased sales activity during the quarter. During the three months ended February 28, 2019, days in inventory increased from the prior sequential quarter to support anticipated ramps and expected sales levels in the second half of fiscal year 2019 and due to the acquisition of certain assets of Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”) facilities at the end of February. During the three months ended November 30, 2018, days in inventory increased from the prior sequential quarter to support expected sales levels in the second quarter of fiscal year 2019. During each of the three months ended August 31, 2018 and May 31, 2018, the decrease in days in inventory from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to increased sales activity during the quarter. During the three months ended February 28, 2018, the increase in days in inventory from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to the increase in inventories to support expected sales levels in the third quarter of fiscal year 2018 along with overall increased demand.

(5)

During the three months ended May 31, 2019, the decrease in days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the quarter. During the three months ended February 28, 2019, the decrease in days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to lower materials purchases during the quarter and timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the quarter. During the three months ended August 31, 2018, the increase in days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to higher materials purchases during the quarter and the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the quarter. During the three months ended May 31, 2018, the decrease in days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the quarter.

(1)The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators.

(2)Inventory turns (annualized) are calculated as 360 days divided by days in inventory.
29
Table of Contents
(3)Days in accounts receivable is calculated as accounts receivable, net, divided by net revenue multiplied by 90 days. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in accounts receivable from the three months ended August 31, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by higher sales and the timing of collections. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the decrease in days in accounts receivable from the prior sequential quarter was driven primarily by the timing of collections.
(4)Days in inventory is calculated as inventory and contract assets divided by cost of revenue multiplied by 90 days. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in inventory from the three months ended August 31, 2020 was primarily to support expected sales levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 and supply-chain constraints as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in inventory from the prior sequential quarter was primarily driven by supply-chain constraints as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
(5)Days in accounts payable is calculated as accounts payable divided by cost of revenue multiplied by 90 days. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in accounts payable from the three months ended May 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in materials purchases and timing of payments.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On anon-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 1 – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

Effective September 1, 2018, our revenue recognition accounting policies changed in conjunction with the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard. For further discussion, refer to Note 18—“Revenue” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We derive substantially all of our revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompasses the act of producing tangible products that are built to customer specifications, which are then provided to the customer.

We generally enter into manufacturing service contracts with our customers that provide the framework under which business will be conducted and customer purchase orders will be received for specific quantities and with predominantly fixed pricing. As a result, we consider our contract with a customer to be the combination of the manufacturing service contract and the purchase order, or any agreements or other similar documents.

The majority of our manufacturing service contracts relate to manufactured products which have no alternative use and for which we have an enforceable right to payment for the work completed to date. As a result, revenue is recognized over time when or as we transfer control of the promised products or services (known as performance obligations) to our customers. For certain other contracts with customers that do not meet the over time revenue recognition criteria, transfer of control occurs at a point in time which generally occurs upon delivery and transfer of risk and title to the customer.

Most of our contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual manufactured product or service is capable of being distinct and is distinct within the context of the contract. For the majority of customers, performance obligations are satisfied over time based on the continuous transfer of control as manufacturing services are performed and are generally completed in less than one year.

We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized over time as the services are performed.

For our over time customers, we believe the measure of progress which best depicts the transfer of control is based on costs incurred to date, relative to total estimated cost at completion (i.e., an input method). This method is a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services because it results in the recognition of revenue on the basis of ourto-date efforts in the satisfaction of a performance obligation relative to the total expected efforts in the satisfaction of the performance obligation. We believe that the use of an input method best depicts the transfer of control to the customer, which occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. The transaction price of each performance obligation is generally based upon the contractual stand-alone selling price of the product or service.

Certain contracts with customers include variable consideration, such as periodic cost of materials adjustments, rebates, discounts, or returns. We recognize estimates of this variable consideration that are not expected to result in a significant revenue reversal in the future, primarily based on the most likely level of consideration to be paid to the customer under the specific terms of the underlying programs.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables not expected to be collected from our customers. This allowance is based on management’s assessment of specific customer balances after considering the age of receivables and financial stability of the customer. If there is an adverse change in the financial condition and circumstances of our customers, or if actual defaults are higher than provided for, an addition to the allowance may be necessary.

Inventory Valuation

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Management regularly assesses inventory valuation based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost and net realizable value considerations. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property, plant and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying value to the undiscounted projected cash flows that the asset(s) or asset group(s) are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the appraised value. The impairment analysis is based on significant assumptions of future results made by management, including revenue and cash flow projections. Circumstances that may lead to impairment of property, plant and equipment include unforeseen decreases in future
30
Table of Contents
performance or industry demand and the restructuring of our operations resulting from a change in our business strategy or adverse economic conditions.

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. Estimated useful lives of amortizable intangible assets are determined by management based on an assessment of the period over which the asset is expected to contribute to future cash flows. The fair value of acquired amortizable intangible assets impacts the amounts recorded as goodwill.

We perform a goodwill impairment analysis using thetwo-step method on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, the recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second testloss is performed to measurerecognized in the amount of loss, if any.

equal to that excess.

We perform an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analysis on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability ofCompany may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible assetsis impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible exceeds the carrying value, the recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the fair value. We determine the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets principally based on a variation of the income approach, known as the relief from royalty method. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired.

We completed our annual impairment testanalysis for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 20192021. The qualitative assessment was used for all reporting units and we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets are in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis included assumptions regarding appropriate revenue and operating income growth rates, discount rates and royalty rates.

analysis.

Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, a process that includes estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We must also make judgments regarding the ability to realize deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance has been established for deferred tax assets that we do not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. We assess whether an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return meets the threshold for recognition and measurement in the

Consolidated Financial Statements. Our judgments regarding future taxable income as well as tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the valuation allowances and/or tax reserves established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a respective increase or decrease in income tax expense. For further discussion related to our income taxes, refer to Note 415 — “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1719 – “New Accounting Guidance” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting guidance.

Results of Operations

Refer to Item 7. “Management’s"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations" section contained in our Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20182020 for the results of operations discussion for the fiscal year ended August 31, 20182020 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017.

2019.

Net Revenue

Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or separately report revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.

31
Table of Contents
The distribution of revenue across our segments has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including the following: fluctuations in customer demand; efforts to diversify certain portions of our business; business growth from new and existing customers; specific product performance; and any potential termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships.

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018  2018 vs. 2017 

Net revenue

  $25,282.3   $22,095.4   $19,063.1    14.4%   15.9% 

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 2020
2020 vs. 2019(1)
Net revenue$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 7.4 %7.8 %
(1)As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within our operating segments. Our operating segments, which are the reporting segments, continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are now presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.
2021 vs. 2018

2020

Net revenue increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018.2020. Specifically, the DMS segment net revenue increased 17% due to: (i) a 6% increase in revenues from existing customers within our mobility business as our ability to meet customer demand during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, was greatly diminished due to COVID-19 containment efforts in China, (ii) a 4% increase in revenues from existing customers within our connected devices business, (iii) a 4% increase in revenues from existing customers in our automotive and transportation business and (iv) a 3% increase in revenues from existing customers within our healthcare and packaging businesses. The EMS segment net revenue decreased 1% due primarily to a decrease in revenues from existing customers in our cloud business, which began transitioning to a consignment model in fiscal year 2021.
2020 vs. 2019
Net revenue increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Specifically, the EMS segment revenues increased 26%9% primarily due to (i) a 10% increase in revenues from newexisting customers within our 5G, wireless and cloud business and (ii) an 8%a 3% increase in revenues from existing customers within our industrial and energycapital equipment business. The increase is partially offset by (i) a 2% decrease from existing customers within our networking and storage business (iii)and (ii) a 6% increase2% decrease in revenues from existing customers within our networking and telecommunications business, (iv) a 5% increase in revenues from existing customers within ourdigital print and retail business and (v) a 1% increase in revenues spread across various industries within the EMS segment. The increase is partially offset by a 4% decrease from existing customers within our computing and storage business and our capital equipment business, which we expect to remain weak into the second half of calendar year 2020.business. DMS segment revenues remained consistentincreased 7% due to a 7%(i) an 8% increase in revenues from new and existing customers in our healthcare and packaging businesses.businesses and (ii) a 1% increase in revenues from existing customers in our automotive and transportation business. The increase is partially offset by a 7%2% decrease in revenue from customers within our mobility business as a result of decreased end user product demand.

Effective September 1, 2018, our revenue recognition accounting policies changed in conjunction with the adoption of the new revenue recognition standard. Subsequent to adoption, we recognize revenue over time as manufacturing services are performed for the majority of our contracts with customers, which results in revenue being recognized earlier than under the previous guidance. Revenue for all other contracts with customers will be recognized at a point in time, upon transfer of control of the product to the customer, which is effectively no change to our historical accounting. For further discussion of the new revenue recognition standard, refer to Note 18—“Revenue” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

connected devices business.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

EMS

   61%   56%   58% 

DMS

   39%   44%   42% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100%   100%   100% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
EMS47 %52 %51 %
DMS53 %48 %49 %
Total100 %100 %100 %
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, foreign source revenue expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Foreign source revenue

   87.7%   91.7%   91.4% 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Foreign source revenue83.6 %82.6 %87.7 %
Gross Profit

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
(dollars in millions)  2019  2018  2017 

Gross profit

  $1,913.4  $1,706.8  $1,545.6 

Percent of net revenue

   7.6%   7.7%   8.1% 

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Gross profit$2,359 $1,931 $1,913 
Percent of net revenue8.1 %7.1 %7.6 %
2021 vs. 2018

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, gross profit for our DMS segment increased as a percentage2020

32
Table of net revenue due to improved profitability across the various businesses. This increase was offset by a decrease in grossContents
Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue in our EMS segment due to continued weakness in the capital equipment business and ramp costs associated with new business awards. As a result, gross profit remained relatively consistent as a percentage of net revenue duringincreased for the fiscal year endended August 31, 2019,2021 compared to the fiscal year endended August 31, 2018.

2020, primarily due to: (i) product mix and improved profitability across various businesses and (ii) a decrease of $72 million in incremental and idle labor costs associated with travel disruptions and governmental restrictions, largely related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Selling, General and Administrative

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018   2018 vs. 2017 

Selling, general and administrative

  $1,111.3   $1,050.7   $907.7   $60.6   $143.0 

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Selling, general and administrative$1,213 $1,175 $1,111 $38 $64 
2021 vs. 2018

2020

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018.2020. The increase is predominantly due to (i) a $48.4$48 million increase indue to higher salary and salary related expenses and other costs primarily to support new business growth and development and our strategic collaboration with a healthcare company and (ii) a $44.6$19 million increase in stock-based compensation expense due to anticipated achievement levels for certain performance-based stock awards, a higher stock price for awards granted during fiscal year 2021 and a higher stock price for cash-settled awards. The increase is partially offset by a $29 million decrease primarily due to lower acquisition and integration charges related to our strategic collaboration with a healthcare company. The increase is partially offset by an additional $32.4 million of stock-based compensation expense recognized during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 as a result of theone-time modification of certain performance-based restricted stock unit awards and aone-time cash-settled award.

Research and Development

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
(dollars in millions)  2019  2018  2017 

Research and development

  $42.9  $38.5  $29.7 

Percent of net revenue

   0.2%   0.2%   0.2% 

2019
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Research and development$34 $43 $43 
Percent of net revenue0.1 %0.2 %0.2 %

2021 vs. 2018

2020

Research and development expenses remained relatively consistent as a percent of net revenue during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018.

2020.

Amortization of Intangibles

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018  2018 vs. 2017 

Amortization of intangibles

  $31.9   $38.5   $35.5   $(6.6)  $3.0 

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Amortization of intangibles$47 $56 $32 $(9)$24 
2021 vs. 2018

2020

Amortization of intangibles decreased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 20182020 primarily due to certain intangible assets related to the Nypro acquisition, whichthat were fully amortized during fiscal year 2018.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019, we made a strategic decision that the indefinite-lived trade name of $72.5 million acquired during the acquisition of Nypro would be phased out over the next four years. In connection with a strategic shift to further diversify our portfolio, focus on innovation and technology within our healthcare business and as a result of the strategic collaboration with a certain medical device company, we decided to implement a rebranding initiative to Jabil Healthcare. Management believes the name change better leverages the Jabil brand and the full range of services available to our customers.

As a result of our decision to rebrand, we determined the indefinite-lived trade name should no longer be classified as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. As such, this trade name was assigned a four-year estimated useful life and will be amortized on an accelerated basis. See Note 6 – “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

2020.

Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges

Following is a summary of our restructuring, severance and related charges:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
(dollars in millions)  2019  2018   2017(2) 

Employee severance and benefit costs

  $16.0  $16.3   $56.8 

Lease costs

   —   1.6    4.0 

Assetwrite-off costs

   (3.6)   16.2    94.3 

Other costs

   13.5   2.8    5.3 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and related charges(1)

  $25.9  $36.9   $160.4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 (dollars in millions)
2021(1)
2020(1)
2019(2)
Employee severance and benefit costs$5 $94 $16 
Lease costs(1)8 — 
Asset write-off costs5 33 (4)
Other costs1 22 14 
Total restructuring, severance and related charges(3)
$10 $157 $26 
(1)

Includes $21.5 million, $16.3 million and $51.3 million recorded in the EMS segment, $2.6 million, $16.6 million and $82.4 million recorded in the DMS segment and $1.8 million, $4.0 million and $26.7 million ofnon-allocated charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Except for assetwrite-off costs, all restructuring and related charges are cash settled.

(2)

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, includes expenses related to the 2017 and 2013 Restructuring Plans.

2017 Restructuring Plan

On September 15, 2016, our Board

(1)As the Company continued to optimize its cost structure and improve operational efficiencies, $57 million of Directors formally approvedemployee severance and benefit costs was incurred in connection with a restructuring planreduction in the worldwide workforce during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. The remaining amount primarily relates to better align our global capacity and administrative support infrastructure to further optimize organizational effectiveness. This action included headcount reductions across our selling, general and administrative cost base and capacity realignment in higher cost locations (the “2017 Restructuring Plan”).

The 2017the 2020 Restructuring Plan, totaling $195.0 million in restructuring and related costs, iswhich was complete as of August 31, 2019.

2021.

2020(2)Primarily relates to the 2017 Restructuring Plan,

On September 20, 2019, our Board which was complete as of Directors formally approved a restructuring plan to realign our global capacity support infrastructure, particularly in our mobility footprint in China, in order to optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductionsAugust 31, 2019.

33
Table of Contents
(3)Includes $0 million, $62 million and capacity realignment (the “2020 Restructuring Plan”). The 2020 Restructuring Plan reflects our intention only and restructuring decisions, and the timing of such decisions, at certain locations are still subject to consultation with our employees and their representatives.

We currently expect to recognize approximately $85.0$21 million inpre-tax restructuring and other related costs primarily over the course of our fiscal year 2020. The charges relating to the 2020 Restructuring Plan are currently expected to result in cash expendituresrecorded in the rangeEMS segment, $9 million, $76 million and $3 million recorded in the DMS segment and $1 million, $19 million and $2 million of approximately $30.0 million to $40.0 million that will be payable overnon-allocated charges for the course of our fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2021. The exact timing of these2019, respectively. Except for asset write-off costs, all restructuring, severance and related charges andare cash outflows, as well as the estimated cost ranges by category type, have not been finalized. This information will be subject to the finalization of timetables for the transition of functions, consultation with employees and their representatives as well as the statutory severance requirements of the particular jurisdictions impacted, and the amount and timing of the actual charges may vary due to a variety of factors. Our estimates for the charges discussed above exclude any potential income tax effects.

costs.

See Note 14 – “Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of restructuring, severance and related charges for the 2017 and 2020 Restructuring Plans.

Restructuring of
(Gain) Loss on Securities

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018   2018 vs. 2017 

Restructuring of securities loss

  $29.6   $—     $—     $29.6   $—   

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
(Gain) loss on securities$(2)$49 $30 $(51)$19 
2021 vs. 2018

Restructuring of2020

The change in (gain) loss on securities loss increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018,2020, is due to the exchange of preferred stock of iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019cash proceeds received in associationconnection with iQor’s previously announcedthe sale of its international logistics and product service assets. As a resultan investment partially offset by: (i) an impairment charge of the restructuring, the Company recognized a restructuring of securities loss, which primarily consisted of a credit loss. See Note 16 – “Fair Value Measurements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Other Expense

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018   2018 vs. 2017 

Other expense

  $53.8   $37.6   $28.4   $16.2   $9.2 

2019 vs. 2018

Other expense increased$36 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192020 related to our investment in the Senior Non-Convertible Preferred Stock of iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) as a result of iQor’s bankruptcy filing and (ii) an impairment charge of $12 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020 in connection with the sale of an investment in the optical networking segment.

Other (Income) Expense
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Other (income) expense$(11)$31 $53 $(42)$(22)
2021 vs. 2020
The change in other (income) expense during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018,2020, is primarily due to: (i) $23.8$24 million related to an increasea decrease in fees associated with thelower utilization of theboth our trade accounts receivable sales and securitization programs and additional fees incurred for the amendment of the foreign asset-backed securitization program and the new North American asset-backed securitization program. The increase was partially offset by (i) $5.0during fiscal year 2021, (ii) $10 million of other expense and (ii) $2.6primarily related to lower net periodic benefit costs in fiscal year 2021, (iii) $7 million of costs incurred during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, as a result of2020 related to the early redemption of the 8.250%5.625% Senior Notes due 2018.

2020 and (iv) $1 million arising from an increase in other income.

Interest Income

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018   2018 vs. 2017 

Interest income

  $21.5   $17.8   $12.5   $3.7   $5.3 

2019
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Interest income$6 $15 $21 $(9)$(6)

2021 vs. 2018

2020

Interest income increaseddecreased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 20182020, due to lower interest rates, partially offset by increased interest income on higher cash equivalents (investments that are readily convertible to cash with maturity dates of 90 days or less).

Interest Expense

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,   Change 
(dollars in millions)  2019   2018   2017   2019 vs. 2018   2018 vs. 2017 

Interest expense

  $188.7   $149.0   $138.1   $39.7   $10.9 

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Interest expense$130 $174 $188 $(44)$(14)
2021 vs. 2018

2020

Interest expense increaseddecreased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019,2021, compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018,2020, primarily due to additionallower interest rates and lower borrowings on our credit facilities, and higher interest rates. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019,partially offset by additional borrowings were driven by the timingon our commercial paper program and scalesenior debt issuances.
34
Table of our ongoing new business ramps.

Contents

Income Tax Expense

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31,  Change 
   2019  2018  2017  2019 vs. 2018  2018 vs. 2017 

Effective income tax rate

   35.8%   76.6%   50.4%   (40.8)%   26.2% 

2019

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Effective income tax rate26.0 %78.2 %35.8 %(52.2)%42.4 %
2021 vs. 2018

2020

The effective income tax rate decreased for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019,2021, compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018,2020, primarily due to: (i) $142.3 million ofhigher income before income tax expense from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, (ii) $19.1 million of2021, driven in part by decreased restructuring charges in tax jurisdictions with minimal related income tax benefit forand (ii) a $21 million income tax expense associated with the re-measurement of deferred tax assets related to the extension of a non-U.S. tax incentive recorded during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 related to Tax Act adjustments and (iii) $17.5 million of tax benefit for the reversal of a U.S. valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. The decrease was partially offset by $16.1 million of tax benefit from the lapse of statute in anon-U.S. jurisdiction and $14.8 million of tax benefit related to the release of stranded tax effects previously classified as accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. Refer to Note 4 – “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Tax Act.

2020.

Non-GAAP (Core) Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations include certainnon-GAAP financial measures as identified in the reconciliation below. Thenon-GAAP financial measures disclosed herein do not have standard meaning and may vary from thenon-GAAP financial measures used by other companies or how we may calculate those measures in other instances from time to time.Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Also, our “core” financial measures should not be construed as an inference by us that our future results will be unaffected by those items that are excluded from our “core” financial measures.

Management believes that thenon-GAAP “core” financial measures set forth below are useful to facilitate evaluating the past and future performance of our ongoing manufacturing operations over multiple periods on a comparable basis by excluding the effects of the amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring, severance and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition and integration charges, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, goodwill impairment charges, business interruption and impairment charges, net, other than temporary impairment(gain) loss on securities, restructuring of securities loss, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations and certain other expenses, net of tax and certain deferred tax valuation allowance charges. Among other uses, management usesnon-GAAP “core” financial measures to make operating decisions, assess business performance and as a factor in determining certain employee performance when evaluating incentive compensation.

We determine the tax effect of the items excluded from “core” earnings and “core” diluted earnings per share based upon evaluation of the statutory tax treatment and the applicable tax rate of the jurisdiction in which thepre-tax items were incurred, and for which realization of the resulting tax benefit, if any, is expected. In certain jurisdictions where we do not expect to realize a tax benefit (due to existing tax incentives or a history of operating losses or other factors resulting in a valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets), a reduced or 0% tax rate is applied.

We are reporting “core” operating income, “core” earnings and “core” return on invested capitalcash flows to provide investors with an additional method for assessing operating income and earnings, by presenting what we believe are our “core” manufacturing operations. A significant portion (based on the respective values) of the items that are excluded for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings also impacted certain balance sheet assets, resulting in a portion of an asset being written off without a corresponding recovery of cash we may have previously spent with respect to the asset. In the case of restructuring, severance and related charges, we may make associated cash payments in the future. In addition, although, for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings, we exclude stock-based compensation expense (which we anticipate continuing to incur in the future) because it is anon-cash expense, the associated stock issued may result in an increase in our outstanding shares of stock, which may result in the dilution of our stockholders’ ownership interest. We encourage you to consider these matters when evaluating the utility of thesenon-GAAP financial measures.

Adjusted free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities plus cash receipts on sold receivables less net capital expenditures (acquisition of property, plant and equipment less proceeds and advances from the sale of property, plant and equipment). We report adjusted free cash flow as we believe this non-GAAP financial measure is useful to investors in measuring our ability to generate cash internally and fund future growth and to provide a return to shareholders.

Included in the tables below are a reconciliation of thenon-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements:

35
Table of Contents
Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP Financial Results toNon-GAAP Measures

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
(in thousands, except for per share data)  2019  2018   2017 

Operating income (U.S. GAAP)

  $701,356  $542,153   $410,230 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of intangibles

   31,923   38,490    35,524 

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   61,346   98,511    48,544 

Restructuring and related charges

   25,914   36,902    160,395 

Distressed customer charges(1)

   6,235   32,710    10,198 

Business interruption and impairment charges, net(2)

   (2,860)   11,299    —   

Acquisition and integration charges(3)

   52,697   8,082    —   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   —     —      2,112 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to operating income

   175,255   225,994    256,773 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core operating income(Non-GAAP)

  $876,611  $768,147   $667,003 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc. (U.S. GAAP)

  $287,111  $86,330   $129,090 

Adjustments to operating income

   175,255   225,994    256,773 

Other than temporary impairment on securities

   —     —      11,539 

Restructuring of securities loss(4)

   29,632   —      —   

Adjustment for taxes(5)

   (18,633)   146,206    (4,726) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings(Non-GAAP)

  $473,365  $458,530   $392,676 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (U.S. GAAP)

  $1.81  $0.49   $0.69 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted core earnings per share(Non-GAAP)

  $2.98  $2.62   $2.11 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of earnings per share (U.S. GAAP andNon-GAAP)

   158,647   175,044    185,838 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
(in millions, except for per share data)202120202019
Operating income (U.S. GAAP)$1,055 $500 $701 
Amortization of intangibles47 56 32 
Stock-based compensation expense and related charges102 83 61 
Restructuring, severance and related charges(1)
10 157 26 
Distressed customer charge(2)
— 15 6 
Net periodic benefit cost(3)
24 16 — 
Business interruption and impairment charges, net(4)
(1)6 (3)
Acquisition and integration charges(5)
4 31 54 
Adjustments to operating income186 364 176 
Core operating income (Non-GAAP)$1,241 $864 $877 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc. (U.S. GAAP)$696 $54 $287 
Adjustments to operating income186 364 176 
(Gain) loss on securities(6)
(2)49 30 
Net periodic benefit cost(3)
(24)(16)— 
Adjustment for taxes(7)
(3)(1)(20)
Core earnings (Non-GAAP)$853 $450 $473 
Diluted earnings per share (U.S. GAAP)$4.58 $0.35 $1.81 
Diluted core earnings per share (Non-GAAP)$5.61 $2.90 $2.98 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (U.S. GAAP and Non-GAAP)152.1 155.3 158.6 
(1)

Charges during fiscal years 2019 and 2018 relate to inventory and other assets charges for certain distressed customers in the networking and consumer wearables sectors. Charges during fiscal year 2017 relate to inventory and other assets charges for the disengagement with an energy customer.

(2)

Charges, net of insurance proceeds of $2.9 million and $24.9 million, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, relate to business interruption and asset impairment costs associated with damage from Hurricane Maria, which impacted our operations in Cayey, Puerto Rico.

(3)

Charges related to our strategic collaboration with Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”).

(4)

Relates to a restructuring of securities loss on available for sale securities during fiscal year 2019. See Note 16 – “Fair Value Measurements” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

(5)

The fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 includes a $13.3 million income tax benefit for the effects of the Tax Act recorded during the three months ended November 30, 2018. The fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 includes a $142.3 million provisional estimate to account for the effects of the Tax Act.

ROIC(1)As the Company continued to optimize its cost structure and improve operational efficiencies, $57 million of employee severance and benefit costs was incurred in connection with a reduction in the worldwide workforce during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. The remaining amount primarily related to the 2020 Restructuring Plan.

(2)Relates to accounts receivable and inventory charges for certain distressed customers.
(3)Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) (“ASU 2017-07”), pension service cost is recognized in cost of revenue and all other components of net periodic benefit cost, including return on plan assets, are presented in other expense. We are reclassifying the pension components in other expense to core operating income as we assess operating performance, inclusive of all components of net periodic benefit cost, with the related revenue. There is no impact to core earnings or diluted core earnings per share for this adjustment.
(4)Charges, net of insurance proceeds, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, relate to a flood that impacted our facility in Huangpu, China.
(5)Charges related to our strategic collaboration with Johnson & Core ROIC

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
(in thousands)  2019  2018  2017 

Numerator:

    

Operating income (U.S. GAAP)

  $701,356  $542,153  $410,230 

Tax effect (1)

   (183,381)   (300,979)   (137,087) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

After-tax operating income

   517,975   241,174   273,143 
   x1   x1   x1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Annualizedafter-tax operating income

  $517,975  $241,174  $273,143 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Core operating income(Non-GAAP)

  $876,611  $768,147  $667,003 

Tax effect (2)

   (188,722)   (144,261)   (134,930) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

After-tax core operating income

   687,889   623,886   532,073 
   x1   x1   x1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Annualizedafter-tax core operating income

  $687,889  $623,886  $532,073 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Average total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity (3)

  $1,918,850  $2,151,886  $2,395,843 

Average notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments (3)

   2,307,393   2,063,047   1,853,302 

Average current installments of notes payable and long-term debt (3)

   200,189   235,348   245,654 

Average cash and cash equivalents (3)

   (1,210,646)   (1,223,934)   (1,050,989) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net invested capital base

  $3,215,786  $3,226,347  $3,443,810 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on Invested Capital (U.S. GAAP)

   16.1%   7.5%   7.9% 

Adjustments noted above

   5.3%   11.8%   7.6% 

Core Return on Invested Capital(Non-GAAP)

   21.4%   19.3%   15.5% 

Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”).
(6)Relates to an impairment of an investment with iQor and the sale of an investment in the optical networking segment during fiscal year 2020.
(7)The fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 includes a $13 million income tax benefit for the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”) recorded during the three months ended November 30, 2018.
Adjusted Free Cash Flow
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 (in millions)20212020
2019 (1)
Net cash provided by operating activities (U.S. GAAP)$1,433 $1,257 $1,193 
Cash receipts on sold receivables— — 97 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment(1,159)(983)(1,005)
Proceeds and advances from sale of property, plant and equipment366 187 218 
Adjusted free cash flow (Non-GAAP)$640 $461 $503 
(1)

The tax effect is calculated by applying the U.S. GAAP effective tax rate for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 to U.S. GAAP operating income less interest expense.

(2)

The tax effect is calculated by applying the core effective tax rate for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 to core operating income less interest expense.

(3)

The average is based on the addition of the account balance at the end of the most recently-ended fiscal year to the account balance at the end of the prior fiscal year for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, and dividing by two.

(1)In fiscal year 2019, the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-15, "Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments" resulted in a reclassification of cash flows from operating activities to investing
36
Table of Contents
activities for cash receipts for the deferred purchase price receivable on asset-backed securitization transactions. The adoption of this standard does not reflect a change in the underlying business or activities.
Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the 2019three months ended August 31, 2021 and 2018 fiscal years.2020. In the opinion of management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

Fiscal Year 2019

   Three Months Ended 
(in thousands, except for per share data)  August 31, 2019   May 31, 2019   February 28, 2019   November 30, 2018 

Net revenue

  $6,573,453   $6,135,602   $6,066,990   $6,506,275 

Gross profit(4)

   495,078    443,799    454,874    519,650 

Operating income(1)(4)

   189,745    140,918    153,983    216,710 

Net income(2)(3)(4)

   53,761    44,032    67,607    124,074 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.(2)(3)(4)

  $52,675   $43,482   $67,354   $123,600 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.

        

Basic

  $0.34   $0.28   $0.44   $0.77 

Diluted

  $0.34   $0.28   $0.43   $0.76 

Fiscal Year 2018

   Three Months Ended 
(in thousands, except for per share data)  August 31, 2018  May 31, 2018   February 28, 2018   November 30, 2017 

Net revenue

  $5,771,831  $5,436,952   $5,301,101   $5,585,532 

Gross profit(4)

   442,147   398,227    397,133    469,285 

Operating income(1)(4)(5)

   153,896   112,971    129,532    145,754 

Net (loss) income(2)(4)(5)

   (56,608)   42,702    37,528    63,919 

Net (loss) income attributable to Jabil Inc.(2)(4)(5)

  $(57,314)  $42,541   $37,308   $63,795 

(Loss) earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.

       

Basic

  $(0.34)  $0.25   $0.21   $0.36 

Diluted

  $(0.34)  $0.25   $0.21   $0.35 

Three Months Ended
(in millions, except for per share data)August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Net revenue$7,409 $7,300 
Gross profit587 491 
Operating income(1)
265 197 
Net income (1)(2)
175 69 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.(1)(2)
$175 $68 
Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.
Basic$1.20 $0.45 
Diluted$1.16 $0.44 
(1)

Includes acquisition and integration charges related to our strategic collaboration with JJMD of $17.6 million, $13.4 million, $12.8 million, $8.9 million and $8.1 million for the three months ended August 31, 2019, May 31, 2019, February 28, 2019, November 30, 2018 and August 31, 2018, respectively.

(2)

Includes ($13.3 million), $111.4 million and $30.9 million of income tax (benefit) expense for the three months ended November 30, 2018, August 31, 2018 and February 28, 2018, respectively, related to the Tax Act.

(3)

Includes a restructuring of securities loss of $29.6 million for the three months ended August 31, 2019.

(4)

Includes a distressed customer charge of $6.2 million, $18.0 million and $14.7 million during the three months ended August 31, 2019, August 31, 2018 and February 28, 2018, respectively.

(5)

Includes $32.4 million of stock-based compensation expense for the modification of certain performance-based restricted stock units and aone-time cash settled award during the three months ended November 30, 2017.

(1)Includes direct costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic of $23 million and $22 million for the three months ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(2)Includes the impairment of an investment with iQor during the three months ended August 31, 2020.
Acquisitions and Expansion

During fiscal year 2018, the Company and JJMD entered into a Framework Agreementframework agreement to form a strategic collaboration and expand our existing relationship. The strategic collaboration expands our medical device manufacturing portfolio, diversification and capabilities.

On February 25, 2019 and April 29, 2019,October 26, 2020, under the terms of the Framework Agreement,framework agreement, we completed the initialfourth closing and second closing, respectively, of our acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The preliminary aggregate purchase price paid for both the initial closing and secondfourth closing was approximately $153.2$19 million in cash, which remains subject to certain post-closing adjustments. cash. Total assets acquired of $30 million and total liabilities assumed of $11 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.
The acquisition of the JJMD assets has beenwas accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Total assets acquired of $167.6 million and total liabilities assumed of $14.4 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. The final closing, whichCompany is subject to customary closing conditions, is expected to occur during fiscal year 2020.

We are currently evaluating the fair valuesvalue of the assets and liabilities related to this business combination.the fourth closing. The preliminary estimates and measurements are, therefore, subject to change during the measurement period for assets acquired, liabilities assumed and tax adjustments. The results of operations were included in our condensed consolidated financial results beginning on February 25, 2019October 26, 2020 for the initial closing and April 29, 2019 for the secondfourth closing. We believe it is impracticable to provide pro forma information for the acquisition of the JJMD assets.

On September 30, 2019 we completed the third closing of our acquisition of certain assets of JJMD for a cash payment of $117.1 million, primarily for inventory and the assumption of certain employee liabilities. The purchase price for the third closing is subject to certain post-closing adjustments based on conditions within the Framework Agreement.

Refer to Note 1516 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that our level of liquidity sources, which includes available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and commercial paper program, additional proceeds available under our global asset-backed securitization programsprogram and under our uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs, cash on hand, fundscash flows provided by operationsoperating activities and the access to the capital markets, will be adequate to fund our capital expenditures, the payment of any declared quarterly dividends, any share repurchases under the approved share repurchase programs,program, any potential acquisitions and our working capital requirements for the next 12 months. We continue to assess our capital structure and evaluate the merits of redeploying available cashcash.
Certain of our trade accounts receivable sale programs expire or are subject to reduce existing debt or repurchase common stock.

termination provisions within fiscal year 2022. While we expect to renew such trade accounts receivable sale programs, market conditions, including the implications of the COVID-19 pandemic, at the time our current programs expire may create challenges in doing so, such as incurring a higher cost of capital.

37
Table of Contents
Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of August 31, 2019,2021, we had approximately $1.2$1.6 billion in cash and cash equivalents. As our growth remains predominantly outsideequivalents, of the United States,which a significant portion of such cash and cash equivalents arewas held by our foreign subsidiaries.

As a result Most of the Tax Act and after theone-time transition tax on our historically untaxed foreign earnings, the cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries will no longer be subject to U.S. federal income tax consequences upon subsequent repatriation to the United States. As a result, most of our cash and cash equivalents as of August 31, 20192021 could be repatriated to the United States without potential tax consequences.

expense.

Notes Payable and Credit Facilities

Following is a summary of principal debt payments and debt issuance for our notes payable and credit facilities:

(in thousands)  8.250%
Senior
Notes(1)		  5.625%
Senior
Notes		   4.700%
Senior
Notes		   4.900%
Senior
Notes		   3.950%
Senior
Notes(1)		  Borrowings
under
revolving
credit
facilities(2)(3)(4)		  Borrowings
under
loans(2)(3)		  Total notes
payable
and
credit
facilities		 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

  $399,506  $397,104   $496,696   $298,571   $—    $—    $458,395  $2,050,272 

Borrowings

   —     —      —      —      498,659   8,778,855   400,000   9,677,514 

Payments

   (400,000)   —      —      —      —     (8,778,855)   (25,907)   (9,204,762) 

Other

   494   891    654    243    (4,451)   —     (2,156)   (4,325) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

   —     397,995    497,350    298,814    494,208   —     830,332   2,518,699 

Borrowings

   —     —      —      —      —     11,985,978   —     11,985,978 

Payments

   —     —      —      —      —     (11,985,259)   (25,134)   (12,010,393) 

Other

   —     891    654    243    617   (719)   495   2,181 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019

  $—    $398,886   $498,004   $299,057   $494,825  $—    $805,693  $2,496,465 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
Maturity Date  Mar 15,
2018		  Dec 15,
2020		   Sep 15,
2022		   Jul 14,
2023		   Jan 12,
2028		  

Nov 8,

2022 and
Aug 24,
2020(2)(3)

  

Nov 8,

2022 and
Aug 24,
2020(2)(3)

    

Original Facility/ Maximum Capacity

  $
 		400.0
million		 
 		 $
 		400.0
million		 
 		  $
 		500.0
million		 
 		  $
 		300.0
million		 
 		  $
 		500.0
million		 
 		 $

 

2.6      

billion(2)(3)

 

 

 $

 

851.7      

million(2)(3)

 

 

 

(in millions)5.625%
Senior
Notes		4.700%
Senior
Notes		4.900%
Senior
Notes		3.950%
Senior
Notes		3.600%
Senior
Notes		3.000%
Senior
Notes
1.700% Senior Notes(1)
Borrowings
under
revolving
credit
facilities(2)(3)
Borrowings
under
commercial paper program(3)
Borrowings
under
loans(1)
Total notes
payable
and
credit
facilities
Balance as of August 31, 2019$399 $498 $299 $495 $— $— $— $— $— $805 $2,496 
Borrowings— — — — 499 595 — 11,095 238 350 12,777 
Payments(399)— — — — — — (11,095)(238)(806)(12,538)
Other— 1 — — (4)(5)— — — 1 (7)
Balance as of August 31, 2020— 499 299 495 495 590 — — — 350 2,728 
Borrowings— — — — — — 500 1,224 — — 1,724 
Payments— — — — — — — (1,224)— (350)(1,574)
Other— — 1 1 — 1 (4)— — 1 — 
Balance as of August 31, 2021$— $499 $300 $496 $495 $591 496 $— $— $1 $2,878 
Maturity DateDec 15, 2020Sep 15, 2022Jul 14, 2023Jan 12, 2028Jan 15, 2030Jan 15, 2031Apr 15, 2026
Jan 22, 2024 and Jan 22, 2026(2)(3)
(3)Jul 31, 2026
Original Facility/ Maximum Capacity$400 million$500 million$300 million$500 million$500 million$600 million$500 million
$3.8
billion(2)(3)
(3)
$2
million(1)
(1)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, we issued $500.0 million of publicly registered 3.950% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “3.950% Senior Notes”). The net proceeds from the offering were used for general corporate purposes, including to redeem $400.0 million of our outstanding 8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 and pay related costs and a “make-whole” premium.

(2)

On November 8, 2017, we entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five-year credit agreement to support the continued growth of the business. In addition, the revolving credit facility supports commercial paper outstanding, if any. The credit agreement provides for: (i) a Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.8 billion, which may, subject

(1)On April 14, 2021, we issued $500 million of publicly registered 1.700% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “1.700% Senior Notes”). We used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including repayment of the prior $300 million Term Loan Facility.
(2)On April 28, 2021, we entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to our senior unsecured credit agreement dated as of January 22, 2020 (the “Credit Facility”). The Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the commitments available under the three-year revolving credit facility (the “Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility”) from $700 million to $1.2 billion, (ii) instituted certain sustainability-linked adjustments to the lenders’ discretion, be increased to $2.3 billion (“the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) a $500.0 million Term Loan Facility (“the 2017 Term Loan Facility”), collectively “the 2017 Credit Facility.” The 2017 Credit Facility expires on November 8, 2022. The 2017 Revolving Credit Facility is subject to two whole or partialone-year extensions, at the lenders’ discretion. Interest and fees on the 2017 Credit Facility advances are based on the Company’snon-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt rating as determined by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

(3)

On August 24, 2018, the Company entered into a senior unsecuredtwo-year credit agreement to support the continued growth of the business. The credit agreement provides for: (i) a Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $150.0 million (“the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) a $350.0 million Term Loan Facility (“the 2018 Term Loan Facility”), collectively “the 2018 Credit Facility.” The 2018 Credit Facility expires on August 24, 2020.

The interest rates onapplicable to borrowings under the 2017Credit Facility and (iii) primarily extended the termination date of the Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility borrowings ranged from 3.1% to 5.7%January 22, 2024, and of the 2017 Term Loan Facility ranged from 3.5% to 3.9% during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. The interest rate on the 2018Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility borrowings ranged from 3.1%of $2.0 billion to 3.4% and the 2018 Term Loan Facility ranged from 3.3% to 3.8% during the fiscal year endedJanuary 22, 2026.

(3)As of August 31, 2019.

Additionally,2021, we had $3.8 billion in available unused borrowing capacity under our foreign subsidiariesrevolving credit facilities. The Credit Facility acts as the back-up facility for commercial paper outstanding, if any. We have various additional credit facilities that finance their future growtha borrowing capacity of up to $1.8 billion under our commercial paper program. Borrowings with an original maturity of 90 days or less are recorded net within the statement of cash flows, and any corresponding working capital needs.

(4)

On August 15, 2019, we entered into a commercial paper program with a borrowing capacity of up to $1.8 billion. We intend to use the net proceeds from the commercial paper to support more efficient financing terms. The revolving credit facility supports commercial paper outstanding, if any. As of August 31, 2019, no commercial paper had been issued.

have been excluded from the table above.

In the ordinary course of business, we have letters of credit and surety bonds with banks and insurance companies outstanding of $119.1$75 million as of August 31, 2019.2021. Unused letters of credit were $74.7$76 million as of August 31, 2019.2021. Letters of credit and surety bonds are generally available for draw down in the event we do not perform.

We have a shelf registration statement with the SEC registering the potential sale of an indeterminate amount of debt and equity securities in the future to augment our liquidity and capital resources.

Our Senior Notes and our 2017 and 2018 Credit Facilitiescredit facilities contain various financial and nonfinancial covenants. A violation of these covenants could negatively impact our liquidity by restricting our ability to borrow under the notes payable and credit facilities and potentially causing acceleration of amounts due under these notes payable and credit facilities. As of August 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Senior Notes and the 2017 and 2018 Credit Facilities.debt covenants. Refer to Note 87 – “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Asset-Backed Securitization and Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

We

Global asset-backed securitization program - Effective August 20, 2021, the global asset-backed securitization program (formerly referred to as the North American asset-backed securitization program) terms were amended to: (i) add a foreign
38
Table of Contents
entity to the program, (ii) increase the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available at any one time from $390 million to $600 million and (iii) extend the expiration date of the program to November 25, 2024. As of August 31, 2021, we had up to $24 million in available liquidity under our global asset-backed securitization program.
Certain entities participating in the global asset-backed securitization program continuously sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable at a discount, under our foreign asset-backed securitization program to a special purpose entity, which in turn sells certain of the receivables at a discount to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduitconduits administered by an unaffiliated financial institution on a monthly basis. Effective October 1, 2018,In addition, the foreign entity participating in the global asset-backed securitization program terms were amended and the program was extendedsells certain receivables at a discount to September 30, 2021. In connection with this amendment, there is no longer a deferred purchase price receivable for the foreign asset-backed securitization program as the entire purchase price is paid in cash when the receivables are sold.

As of October 1, 2018, approximately $734.2 million of accounts receivable sold under the foreign asset-backed securitization program was exchanged for the outstanding deferred purchase price receivable of $335.5 million. The remaining amount due to theconduits administered by an unaffiliated financial institution of $398.7 million was subsequently settled for $25.2 million of cash and $373.5 million of trade accounts receivable sold to the financial institution. Prior to the amendment, any portion of the purchase price for the receivables not paid in cash upon the sale occurring was recorded ason a deferred purchase price receivable, which was paid from available cash as payments on the receivables were collected. daily basis.

The amended foreign asset-backed securitization program contains a guarantee of payment by the special purpose entity in an amount equal to approximately the net cash proceeds under the program. No liability has been recorded for obligations under the guarantee as of August 31, 2019.

The North Americanglobal asset-backed securitization program was terminated on October 9, 2018 and as of this date approximately $500.0 million of accounts receivable sold under the program was exchanged for the outstanding deferred purchase price receivable of $300.0 million and $200.0 million of cash. The previously sold trade accounts receivable were recorded at fair market value.

On November 27, 2018, we entered intois a new North American asset-backed securitization program. We continuously sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable, at a discount, under our new North American asset-backed securitization program to a special purpose entity, which in turn sells certainwholly-owned subsidiary of the receivables to conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions on a monthly basis. ThereCompany and is no longer a deferred purchase price receivable for the North American asset-backed securitization program as the entire purchase price is paidincluded in cash when the receivables are sold. Additionally, certainour Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain unsold receivables covering up to the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available under the domestic, or U.S., portion of our global asset-backed securitization program are pledged as collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2019.

Following is a summary of our2021.

Foreign asset-backed securitization programs and key terms:

   Maximum Amount of
Net Cash Proceeds (in  millions)(1)		   Expiration
Date		 

North American

  $390.0    November 22, 2021 

Foreign

  $400.0    September 30, 2021 

(1)

Maximum amount available at any one time.

program - We terminated the foreign asset-backed securitization program on June 28, 2021. In connection with the termination, we paid approximately $167 million in cash, which consisted of: (i) $68 million for the remittance of collections received prior to June 28, 2021, in our asset-backed securitization programs, during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, werole as servicer of sold $4.1 billionreceivables and (ii) a repurchase of trade accounts receivable and we received cash proceeds$99 million of $4.0 billion.all previously sold receivables, at fair value, that remained outstanding as of June 28, 2021. As of August 31, 2019,2021, we had up to $27.8 millionhave substantially collected the repurchased receivables from customers.


The special purpose entity in available liquidity under ourthe foreign asset-backed securitization programs.

Ourprogram is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity that is winding down as a result of the termination of the foreign-asset backed securitization program. We are deemed the primary beneficiary of this special purpose entity as we have both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity from the transfer of the trade accounts receivable into the special purpose entity. Accordingly, the special purpose entity associated with the foreign asset-backed securitization program is included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.


The foreign asset-backed securitization program contained a guarantee of payment by the special purpose entity, in an amount approximately equal to the net cash proceeds under the program. As a result of the termination of the foreign asset-backed securitization program, all outstanding amounts have been settled with the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2021. As such, no liability has been recorded for obligations under the guarantee.

Global and foreign asset-backed securitization programs contain various financial- We continue servicing the receivables sold and nonfinancial covenants. Asin exchange receive a servicing fee under the global asset-backed securitization program. Servicing fees related to each of the asset-backed securitization programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and 2018,were not material. We do not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as we were in compliance with all covenants under our asset-backed securitization programs. estimate that the fee received to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.
Refer to Note 28 – “Trade Accounts Receivable“Asset-Backed Securitization and Sale Programs” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the programs.

Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

Following is a summary of the trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions. Under the programs we may elect to sell receivables and the unaffiliated financial institutions may elect to purchase, at a discount, on an ongoing basis:

Program

  Maximum
Amount (in millions)(1)		  Type of
Facility		   Expiration
Date		 

A

  $800.0   Uncommitted    August 31, 2022 (2) 

B

  $150.0   Uncommitted    November 30, 2019 (3) 

C

   800.0 CNY   Uncommitted    June 30, 2020 

D

  $100.0   Uncommitted    May 4, 2023 (4) 

E

  $50.0   Uncommitted    August 25, 2020 

F

  $150.0   Uncommitted    January 25, 2020 (5) 

G

  $50.0   Uncommitted    February 23, 2023 (2) 

H

  $100.0   Uncommitted    August 10, 2020 (6) 

I

  $100.0   Uncommitted    July 21, 2020 (7) 

J

  $740.0   Uncommitted    February 28, 2020 (8) 

K

  $110.0   Uncommitted    April 11, 2020 (9) 

39
Table of Contents
Program
Maximum
Amount
(in millions)(1)
Type of
Facility		Expiration
Date
A$600 UncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
B$150 UncommittedNovember 30, 2021
C400 CNYUncommittedAugust 31, 2023
D$150 UncommittedMay 4, 2023(3)
E$150 UncommittedJanuary 25, 2022(4)
F$50 UncommittedFebruary 23, 2023(5)
G$100 UncommittedAugust 10, 2022(6)
H$100 UncommittedJuly 21, 2022(7)
I$550 UncommittedDecember 4, 2021(8)
J$135 UncommittedApril 11, 2022(9)
K100 CHFUncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
L$90 UncommittedJanuary 23, 2022

(1)

Maximum amount available at any one time.

(2)

Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.

(3)

The program will automatically extend for one year at each expiration date unless either party provides 10 days notice of termination.

(4)

Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 30 days prior notice.

(5)

The program will be automatically extended through January 25, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(6)

The program will be automatically extended through August 10, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(7)

The program will be automatically extended through August 21, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(8)

The program will be automatically extended through February 28, 2024 unless either party provides 90 days notice of termination.

(9)

The program will be automatically extended each year through April 11, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(1)Maximum amount of trade accounts receivable that may be sold under a facility at any one time.
(2)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(3)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 30 days prior notice.
(4)The program will be automatically extended through January 25, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(5)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.
(6)The program will be automatically extended through August 10, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(7)The program will be automatically extended through August 21, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(8)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2024 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(9)The program will be automatically extended through April 11, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019,2021, we sold $6.8$4.7 billion of trade accounts receivable under these programs and we received cash proceeds of $6.7$4.7 billion. As of August 31, 2019,2021, we had up to $1.5$2.0 billion in available liquidity under our trade accounts receivable sale programs.

Capital Expenditures

For fiscal year 2020,Fiscal Year 2022, we anticipate our net capital expenditures will be approximately $800.0$830 million. OurIn general, our capital expenditures will support ongoing maintenance in our DMS and EMS segments and investments in newcapabilities and targeted end markets. The amount of actual capital expenditures may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, among other things.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth selected consolidated cash flow information (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $1,193,066  $(1,105,448)  $(1,464,085) 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   (872,454)   1,240,914   2,141,263 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (415,772)   (47,044)   (404,546) 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   554   (20,392)   5,228 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $(94,606)  $68,030  $277,860 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net cash provided by operating activities$1,433 $1,257 $1,193 
Net cash used in investing activities(851)(921)(872)
Net cash used in financing activities(413)(65)(416)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents4 (40)— 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$173 $231 $(95)
40
Table of Contents
Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 2021 was primarily due to increased accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, non-cash expenses, net income, and decreased inventories andnon-cash expenses,contract assets, partially offset by increased contract assetsinventories, accounts receivable, and accounts receivable.prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities is primarily due to the timing of collections on accounts receivable sold under the securitization programs and the timing of purchases and cash payments. The decrease in inventoriescontract assets is primarily due to the adoptiontiming of ASU2014-09 and the reclassificationbillings to contract assets for revenue recognized for over time customers, partially offset by anour customers. The increase in inventories is primarily to support expected sales levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. The increase in contract assets is2022 and supply chain constraints due to the adoption of ASU2014-09 and the timing of revenue recognition for over time customers.COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily driven by the amended and new securitization programs and higher sales and the timing of collections.

The increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets is primarily driven by the timing of payments.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 2021 consisted primarily of capital expenditures principally to support ongoing business in the DMS and EMS segments and expenditures for assets acquired in connection with the initial and second closings of the acquisition of certain assets of JJMD and the acquisition of Ecologic Brands, Inc., partially offset by proceeds and advances from the sale of property, plant and equipment and cash receipts on sold receivables under the asset-backed securitization programs.

equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 2021 was primarily due to:to (i) payments for debt agreements, (ii) the repurchase of our common stock, (iii) dividend payments, (iv) the purchase of the noncontrolling interests, and (iv)(v) treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock. Net cash used in financing activities was partially offset by:by (i) borrowings under debt agreements and (ii) net proceeds from the exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

Following is a summary of the dividends and share repurchases for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018, 2017indicated below (in millions):
Dividends Paid(1)
Share Repurchases(2)
Total
Fiscal years 2016 – 2019$233 $1,254 $1,487 
Fiscal year 2020$50 $214 $264 
Fiscal year 2021$50 $428 $478 
Total$333 $1,896 $2,229 
(1)The difference between dividends declared and 2016 (in thousands):

   Dividends Paid(1)   Share Repurchases(2)   Total 

Fiscal year 2016

  $62,436   $148,185   $210,621 

Fiscal year 2017

  $59,959   $306,397   $366,356 

Fiscal year 2018

  $57,833   $450,000   $507,833 

Fiscal year 2019

  $52,004   $350,000   $402,004 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $232,232   $1,254,582   $1,486,814 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

The difference between dividends declared and dividends paid is due to dividend equivalents for unvested restricted stock units that are paid at the time the awards vest.

(2)

Excludes commissions.

dividends paid is due to dividend equivalents for unvested restricted stock units that are paid at the time the awards vest.

(2)Excludes commissions.
We currently expect to continue to declare and pay regular quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

performance and global economic conditions.

In June 2018,September 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $350.0 million of our common stock. As of August 31, 2019, the total amount authorized by the Board of Directors had been repurchased.

In September 2019, the Board authorized the repurchase of up to $600.0$600 million of our common stock as part of atwo-year capital allocation framework. From September 24, 2019 through October 14, 2019, weframework (“the 2020 Share Repurchase Program”). As of August 31, 2021, 14.1 million shares had been repurchased 874,475for $600 million and no authorization remains under the 2020 Share Repurchase Program.

In July 2021, the Board of Directors approved an authorization for the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion of our common stock (“the 2022 Share Repurchase Program”). As of August 31, 2021, 0.7 million shares utilizing a total of $30.8had been repurchased for $42 million ofand $958 million remains available under the $600.0 million authorized by the Board.

2022 Share Repurchase Program.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of August 31, 20192021 are summarized below. As disclosed below, while we have certainnon-cancelable purchase order obligations for property, plant and equipment, we generally do not enter intonon-cancelable purchase orders for materials until we receive a corresponding purchase commitment from our customer.Non-cancelable purchase orders do not typically extend beyond the normal lead time of several weeks, at most. Purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.

   Payments due by period (in thousands) 
   Total   Less than 1
year		   1-3 years   3-5 years   After 5
years		 

Notes payable and long-term debt

  $2,496,465   $375,181   $491,655   $1,134,733   $494,896 

Future interest on notes payable and long-term debt(1)

   373,762    109,506    142,082    55,463    66,711 

Operating lease obligations

   603,185    118,312    187,644    114,297    182,932 

Capital lease obligations

   77,829    6,038    11,726    10,928    49,137 

Non-cancelable purchase order obligations(2)

   351,230    289,516    61,537    177    —   

Pension and postretirement contributions and payments(3)

   14,618    1,135    1,904    2,396    9,183 

Other(4)

   77,669    17,922    27,863    14,214    17,670 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations(5)

  $3,994,758   $917,610   $924,411   $1,332,208   $820,529 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

cancellable.
41
Table of Contents
 Payments due by period (in millions)
 TotalLess than 1
year		1-3 years3-5 yearsAfter 5 years
Notes payable and long-term debt$2,878 $— $799 $496 $1,583 
Future interest on notes payable and long-term debt(1)
537 102 142 126 167 
Operating lease obligations(2)
489 118 165 97 109 
Finance lease obligations(2)(3)
340 101 87 134 18 
Non-cancelable purchase order obligations(4)
604 459 123 22 — 
Pension and postretirement contributions and payments(5)
46 28 3 3 12 
Other(6)
60 28 14 18 — 
Total contractual obligations(7)
$4,954 $836 $1,333 $896 $1,889 
(1)

Consists of interest on notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of August 31, 2019. Certain of our notes payable and long-term debt pay interest at variable rates. We have applied estimated interest rates to determine the value of these expected future interest payments.

(2)

Consists of purchase commitments entered into as of August 31, 2019 primarily for property, plant and equipment and software pursuant to legally enforceable and binding agreements.

(3)

Includes the estimated company contributions to funded pension plans during fiscal year 2020 and the expected benefit payments for unfunded pension and postretirement plans from fiscal years 2020 through 2029. These future payments are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but will be recorded as incurred.

(4)

Includes (i) a $28.5 million capital commitment, (ii) a $16.2 million obligation related to a new human resource system and (iii) $33.0 million related to theone-time transition tax as a result of the Tax Act that will be paid in annual installments through fiscal year 2026.

(5)

As of August 31, 2019, we have $1.5 million and $103.7 million recorded as a current and a long-term liability, respectively, for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments, or the amount by which our liability for these uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease over time, and accordingly, this liability has been excluded from the above table.

(1)Consists of interest on notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of August 31, 2021. Certain of our notes payable and long-term debt pay interest at variable rates. We have applied estimated interest rates to determine the value of these expected future interest payments.

(2)Excludes $72 million of payments related to leases signed but not yet commenced. Additionally, certain leases signed but not yet commenced contain residual value guarantees and purchase options not deemed probable.
(3)As of August 31, 2021, the future minimum lease payments exclude $155 million of residual value guarantees that could potentially come due in future periods. The Company does not believe it is probable that any amounts will be owed under these guarantees. Therefore, no amounts related to the residual value guarantees are included in the lease payments used to measure the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
(4)Consists of purchase commitments entered into as of August 31, 2021 primarily for property, plant and equipment and software pursuant to legally enforceable and binding agreements.
(5)Includes the estimated company contributions to funded pension plans during fiscal year 2022 and the expected benefit payments for unfunded pension and postretirement plans from fiscal years 2022 through 2031. These future payments are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but will be recorded as incurred.
(6)Includes (i) a $21 million capital commitment, (ii) a $9 million obligation related to a new human resource system and (iii) $30 million related to the one-time transition tax as a result of the Tax Act that will be paid in annual installments through fiscal year 2026.
(7)As of August 31, 2021, we have $1 million and $151 million recorded as a current and a long-term liability, respectively, for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments, or the amount by which our liability for these uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease over time, and accordingly, this liability has been excluded from the above table.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, intercompany transactions and fixed purchase obligations denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. We do not, and do not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. All derivative instruments are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values.

The forward contracts (both those that are designated and not designated as accounting hedging instruments) will generally expire in less than three months, with 1211 months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding as of August 31, 2019.2021. The change in fair value related to contracts designated as accounting hedging instruments is initially reported as a component of AOCI and subsequently reclassified to the revenue or expense line in which the underlying transaction occurs within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The change in fair value related to contracts not designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected in cost of revenue within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The forward contracts are primarily denominated in Chinese yuan renminbi, Euros, Indian Rupee, Malaysian ringgit and Mexican pesos.

Based on our overall currency rate exposures as of August 31, 2019,2021, including the derivative financial instruments intended to hedge the nonfunctional currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities, an immediate 10% hypothetical change of foreign currency exchange rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. See Note 1311 — “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

42
Table of Contents
Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to market risk includes changes in interest rates that could affect the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Operations, and the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. We are exposed to interest rate risk primarily on variable rate borrowings under the 2017 Credit Facility and 2018 Credit Facility. There were $804.9 million inno borrowings outstanding under debt facilities with variable interest rates as of August 31, 2019.2021.
We utilize valuation models to estimate the effects of sudden interest rate changes. Primarily due to the current low interest rates, the impact of a hypothetical change of 10% in variable interest rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 87 — “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our outstanding debt obligations.

To manage our exposure to market risk, we use derivative financial instruments and hybrid instruments when deemed appropriate. We have interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $50 million, with a mandatory termination date of February 15, 2022 (the “2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps”). In addition, we have entered into interest rate swaps to offset future exposures of fluctuations in the fair value of the 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps. In connection with our variable interest rateanticipated debt issuance, we have interest rate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of $200.0$250 million and $350.0$150 million, which expire on AugustJuly 31, 2020 and August 24, 2020, respectively.2024. See Note 1311 — “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our interest rate swap transactions. We do not, and do not intend to, use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

We utilize valuation models to estimate the effects of sudden interest rate changes. The impact of a hypothetical change of 10.0% in variable interest rates would result in an increase or decrease in interest expense of approximately $4.2 million for fiscal year 2020.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Certain information required by this item is included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under the heading “Quarterly Results” and is incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this item is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation required byRules 13a-15 and15d-15 under the Exchange Act (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined inRules 13a-15 and15d-15 under the Exchange Act as of August 31, 2019.2021. Based on the Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019.2021. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 20192021 is incorporated herein at Item 15. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019,2021, which is incorporated herein at Item 15.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls may be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

43
Table of Contents
The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on the effectiveness of controls, we have reached the conclusions set forth in Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019.

The SEC’s general guidance permits the exclusion of an assessment of the effectiveness of a registrant’s controls and procedures as they relate to its internal control over financial reporting for an acquired business during the first year following such acquisition if, among other circumstances and factors, there is not an adequate amount of time between the acquisition date and the date of assessment. On February 25, 2019 and April 29, 2019, we completed the initial closing and second closing, respectively, of our acquisition of certain assets of Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”). In accordance with the SEC guidance, the scope of our evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019 did not include the internal control over financial reporting of these acquired operations. Assets acquired from JJMD represent 1.8% of our total consolidated assets at August 31, 2019. Net revenue generated by JJMD subsequent to the dates of acquisition represents 1.3% of our consolidated net revenue for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. We continue to evaluate internal controls over financial reporting for these acquired operations. From the acquisition dates to August 31, 2019, the processes and systems of the acquired operations did not significantly impact our internal control over financial reporting.

2021.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2019,2021, we did not identify any modifications to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Item 9B. Other Information

None.

44
Table of Contents
PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Report under the heading “Information about our Executive Officers.”

The other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Election of Directors”, “Beneficial Ownership – Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” and, “Corporate Governance” and, “Board of Directors” and “Audit Committee Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 (“Proxy Statement”).

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Compensation Matters – Compensation Discussion and Analysis”Matters”, “Board of Directors – Director Compensation”, and “Corporate Governance – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Beneficial Ownership – Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” and “Compensation Matters – Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance – Related Party Transactions – Certain Related Party Transactions”, “Corporate Governance –Determinations of Director Independence” in our Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Audit Committee Matters – Principal Accounting Fees and Services”, “– Policy on Audit CommitteePre-Approval of Audit, Audit-Related and PermissibleNon-Audit Services” and ”– Ratification“Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement.

45
Table of Contents
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Report:
(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

1

Financial Statements. Our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, with the independent registered public accounting firm reports thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule.


2

2
Financial Statement Schedule. Our financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3

3
Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.

(b)Exhibits. The following exhibits are included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.
EXHIBIT LIST
Incorporated by Reference Herein
Exhibit No.DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date/ Period End
3.110-Q3.15/31/2017
3.210-Q3.25/31/2017
4.1Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock. (P)S-113/17/1993
4.28-K4.21/17/2008
4.38-K4.18/6/2012
4.48-K4.38/6/2012
4.58-K4.11/17/2018
4.68-K4.11/15/2020
4.78-K4.17/13/2020
4.88-K4.14/14/2021
4.9*
10.1†Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k). (P)S-13/3/1993
10.2†Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Officers and Directors. (P)S-13/3/1993
10.3a10-Q10.111/30/2018
46
Table of Contents
10.3b10-Q10.211/30/2018
10.3c10-Q10.311/30/2018
10.3d10-Q10.411/30/2018
10.3e10-Q10.511/30/2018
10.3f10-Q10.611/30/2018
10.3g10-Q10.711/30/2018
10.3h10-Q10.111/30/2019
10.3i10-Q10.211/30/2019
10.3j10-Q10.311/30/2019
10.3k10-Q10.411/30/2019
10.3l10-Q10.511/30/2019
10.3m10-Q10.611/30/2019
10.3n10-Q10.711/30/2019
 10.4†14AB12/9/2020
 10.5†14AA12/9/2020
 10.5a10-Q10.22/28/2021
 10.5b10-Q10.32/28/2021
 10.5c10-Q10.42/28/2021
 10.5d10-Q10.52/28/2021
 10.5e10-Q10.62/28/2021
 10.5f10-Q10.72/28/2021
10.6†S-84.12/25/2011
10.78-K10.14/28/2021
21.1*
23.1*
24.1*
47
Table of Contents
(b)

Exhibits. The following exhibits are included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

EXHIBIT LIST

      Incorporated by Reference Herein 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  Form  Exhibit  Filing Date/
Period End		 
3.1  Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.  10-Q  3.1   5/31/2017 
3.2  Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended.  10-Q  3.2   5/31/2017 
4.1  Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock. (P)  S-1  1   3/17/1993 
4.2  Indenture, dated January  16, 2008, with respect to Senior Debt Securities of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee.  8-K  4.2   1/17/2008 
4.3  Form of 5.625% Registered Senior Notes issued on November 2, 2010  8-K  4.1   11/2/2010 
4.4  Form of 4.700% Registered Senior Notes issued on August 3, 2012  8-K  4.1   8/6/2012 
4.5  Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated November 2, 2010  8-K  4.3   11/2/2010 
4.6  Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August 3, 2012.  8-K  4.3   8/6/2012 
4.7  Officers’ Certificate, dated as of January 17, 2018, establishing the 3.950% Senior Notes due 2028.  8-K  4.1   1/17/2018 
4.8*  Description of Jabil Securities      
10.1†  Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k). (P)  S-1     3/3/1993 
10.2†  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Officers and Directors. (P)  S-1     3/3/1993 
10.3†  Jabil 2002 Stock Incentive Plan.  10-K  10.5   8/31/2010 
10.3a  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).  10-K  10.6.1   8/31/2004 
10.3b  Form of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-French Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form).  10-K  10.6.2   8/31/2004 

10.3c31.1*10-K10.6.38/31/2004
10.3d31.2*10-K10.6.48/31/2004
10.3e32.1*10-K10.5f8/31/2009
10.3f32.2*10-K10.5f8/31/2010
10.3g101The following financial information from Jabil’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form).August 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020; (ii) Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.10-K10.5g8/31/2010
10.3h104Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (prior form)Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded within the inline XBRL Document in Exhibit 101).10-K10.6.68/31/2005
10.3i††Addendum to the Terms and ConditionsIndicates management compensatory plan, contract of the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in France.arrangement.S-84.26/13/2003
10.3j†*Schedule to the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in the United Kingdom.Filed or furnished herewith.S-84.18/16/2002
10.4†Jabil 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated.14AA12/9/2016
10.4aForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU5).10-K10.6m8/31/2016
10.4bForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer –Non-EU5).10-K10.6n8/31/2016
10.4cForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPSNon-Officer5).10-K10.6o8/31/2016
10.4dForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – EU).10-K10.6m8/31/2015
10.4eForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer –Non-EU).10-K10.6n8/31/2015
10.4fForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU DIR).10-Q10.45/31/2011
10.4gForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU NON).10-Q10.55/31/2011
10.4hForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU OEU).10-Q10.65/31/2011
10.4iForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU ONEU).10-Q10.75/31/2011
10.4jForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (ACQ TBRSU).10-Q10.15/31/2015
10.4kForm of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (SAR Officer – Non EU).10-K10.7q8/31/2014
10.5†Jabil Inc. 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended10-Q10.811/30/2018
10.5aForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS – Executive – EU)10-Q10.111/30/2018
10.5bForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS – Executive –Non-EU)10-Q10.211/30/2018
10.5cForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR – ONEU).10-Q10.311/30/2018
10.5dForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR – OEU).10-Q10.411/30/2018
10.5eForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU-ONEU)10-Q10.511/30/2018
10.5fForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement(TBRSU-OEU)10-Q10.611/30/2018
10.5gForm of Jabil Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement(TBRSU-DIR)10-Q10.711/30/2018

10.6†  Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.  S-8  4.1   2/25/2011 
10.7  Amended and Restated Five Year Credit Agreement dated as of July  6, 2015, amoung the Registraint; the intial lenders named therein; Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., asco-syndication agents; BNP Paribas, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., and The Bank of Nova Scotia as documentation agents; and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., JPMorgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia.  10-K  10.8   8/31/2015 
10.8  Credit Agreement dated as of August  24, 2018 among Jabil Inc.; the initial lenders named in the Agreement; Mizuho Bank, Ltd., as administrative agent; and Mizuho Bank, Ltd., MUFG Bank, Ltd. and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners.  8-K  10.1   8/27/2018 
21.1*  List of Subsidiaries.      
23.1*  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.      
24.1*  Power of Attorney (See Signature page).      
31.1*  Rule13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.      
31.2*  Rule13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.      
32.1*  Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant.      
32.2*  Section 1350 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant.      
101**  Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018; (ii) Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.      

†

Indicates management compensatory plan, contract of arrangement.

*

Filed or furnished herewith.

**

XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) Filed Electronically with this report.

Certain instruments with respect to long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are not filed herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of RegulationS-K since the total amount of securities authorized under each such instrument does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

(c)

Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a) above.

(c)Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a) above.




48
Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

55
50

56
51

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets – August 31, 20192021 and 2018

2020
59
54

Consolidated Statements of Operations – Fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020, and2019 2018, and 2017

60
55

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020, and2019 2018, and 2017

61
56

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – Fiscal years endedAugust 31, 2021, 2020, and2019 2018, and 2017

62
57

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020, and2019 2018 and 2017

63
58

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

64
59

Financial Statement Schedule:

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

102
91


49
Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Jabil Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined inRule13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019.2021. Management based this assessment on the framework as established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.


Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of August 31, 2019,2021, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.

October 22, 2019

2021

50
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders of Jabil Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

We have audited Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019,2021, based onthe COSO criteria.

As indicated in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management’s assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal controls of the operations acquired from Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (JJMD), which are included in the 2019 consolidated financial statements of the Company and constituted 1.8% of consolidated total assets as of August 31, 2019 and 1.3% of consolidated net revenue for the year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of the operations acquired from JJMD.

COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Companyas of August 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2019,2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a), and our report dated October 22, 20192021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Tampa, Florida

October 22, 2019

2021

51
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders of Jabil Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of August 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2019,2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at August 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2019,2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2019,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework),and our report dated October 22, 20192021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

As discussed in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers and certain fulfillment costs in 2019 due to the adoption of ASUNo. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). See below for discussion of our related critical audit matter.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its classification of cash receipts on the deferred purchase price receivable on asset-backed securitization transactions in 2019 due to the adoption of ASUNo. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Matter

The critical audit mattersmatter communicated below are mattersis a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that werewas communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relaterelates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit mattersmatter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidatedfinancial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit mattersmatter below, providing a separate opinionsopinion on the critical audit mattersmatter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

it relates.

52
Table of Contents
Adoption of ASUNo. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers
Description of the Matter

As more fully described above and in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements, effective September 1, 2018, the Company adoptedASU No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers, on a modified retrospective basis, which resulted in a $43 million transition adjustment to increase retained earnings.

Auditing the Company’s implementation of the new revenue standard was challenging due to the judgment in applying the new standard regarding whether performance obligations within the Company’s contracts with customers are satisfied over time or at a point in time. More specifically, applying the criteria within the new standard for determining the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations, such as whether an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date exists, was complex.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s implementation of the new revenue standard. We tested controls over management’s contract reviews, including controls over the application of the new standard to contracts to assess whether performance obligations are satisfied over time or at a point in time.

To test the Company’s implementation of the new revenue standard, our audit procedures included, among others, assessing whether the Company’s new accounting policy complies with the new standard, evaluating the terms of the Company’s contracts with customers and evaluating management’s application of the new standard to the Company’s contracts. More specifically, we inspected the terms of a sample of the Company’s contracts and evaluated management’s determination of whether performance obligations are satisfied over time or at a point in time based on the criteria within the new standard. We also tested the data and assumptions used in the computation of the Company’s transition adjustment.

Uncertain Tax Positions
Uncertain Tax Positions
Description of the Matter

As disclosed in Note 415 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company operates in a complex multinational tax environment and is subject to laws and regulations in various jurisdictions regarding intercompany transactions. Uncertain tax positions may arise from interpretations and judgments made by the Company in the application of the relevant laws, regulations, and tax rulings. The Company uses significant judgment in (1) determining whether the technical merits of tax positions for certain intercompany transactions aremore-likely-than-not to be sustained and (2) measuring the related amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition.


Auditing the tax positions related to certain intercompany transactions was challenging because the recognition and measurement of the tax positions is highly judgmental and is based on interpretations of laws, regulations and tax rulings.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We tested controls over the Company’s process to assess the technical merits of tax positions related to certain intercompany transactions and also tested controls over the Company’s process to determine the application of the relevant laws, regulations and tax rulings, including management’s process to recognize and measure the related tax positions.


In testing the recognition and measurement criteria, we involved tax professionals to assist in assessing the technical merits of the Company’s tax positions. In addition, we used our knowledge of and experience with the application of domestic and international income tax laws by the relevant tax authorities to evaluate the Company’s accounting for those tax positions. We also assessed the Company’s assumptions and data used to measure the amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition and tested the clerical accuracy of the calculations. Lastly, we evaluated the Company’s income tax disclosures included in Note 415 in relation to the Company’s uncertain tax positions.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP


/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.

Tampa, Florida

October 22, 2019

2021


53
Table of Contents

JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands,millions, except for share data)

   August 31, 
   2019  2018 

ASSETS

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,163,343  $1,257,949 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

   2,745,226   1,693,268 

Contract assets

   911,940   —   

Inventories, net of reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

   3,023,003   3,457,706 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   501,573   1,141,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   8,345,085   7,549,923 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

   3,333,750   3,198,016 

Goodwill

   622,255   627,745 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

   256,853   279,131 

Deferred income taxes

   198,827   218,252 

Other assets

   213,705   172,574 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $12,970,475  $12,045,641 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

   

Current liabilities:

   

Current installments of notes payable and long-term debt

  $375,181  $25,197 

Accounts payable

   5,166,780   4,942,932 

Accrued expenses

   2,990,144   2,262,744 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   8,532,105   7,230,873 

Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments

   2,121,284   2,493,502 

Other liabilities

   163,821   94,617 

Income tax liabilities

   136,689   148,884 

Deferred income taxes

   115,818   114,385 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   11,069,717   10,082,261 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

   

Equity:

   

Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

   —     —   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; 260,406,796 and 257,130,145 shares issued and 153,520,380 and 164,588,172 shares outstanding at August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018, respectively

   260   257 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   2,304,552   2,218,673 

Retained earnings

   2,037,037   1,760,097 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (82,794)   (19,399) 

Treasury stock at cost, 106,886,416 and 92,541,973 shares as of August 31, 2019 and August 31, 2018, respectively

   (2,371,612)   (2,009,371) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity

   1,887,443   1,950,257 

Noncontrolling interests

   13,315   13,123 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   1,900,758   1,963,380 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $12,970,475  $12,045,641 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$1,567 $1,394 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts3,141 2,848 
Contract assets998 1,105 
Inventories, net of reserve for excess and obsolete inventory4,414 3,132 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets757 656 
Total current assets10,877 9,135 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation4,075 3,665 
Operating lease right-of-use asset390 363 
Goodwill715 697 
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization182 210 
Deferred income taxes176 165 
Other assets239 162 
Total assets$16,654 $14,397 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of notes payable and long-term debt$— $50 
Accounts payable6,841 5,687 
Accrued expenses3,734 3,211 
Current operating lease liabilities108 111 
Total current liabilities10,683 9,059 
Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments2,878 2,678 
Other liabilities334 269 
Non-current operating lease liabilities333 302 
Income tax liabilities178 149 
Deferred income taxes111 115 
Total liabilities14,517 12,572 
Commitments and contingencies00
Equity:
Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding— — 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; 267,418,092 and 263,830,270 shares issued and 144,496,077 and 150,330,358 shares outstanding at August 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020, respectively— — 
Additional paid-in capital2,533 2,414 
Retained earnings2,688 2,041 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(25)(34)
Treasury stock at cost, 122,922,015 and 113,499,912 shares as of August 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020, respectively(3,060)(2,610)
Total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity2,136 1,811 
Noncontrolling interests1 14 
Total equity2,137 1,825 
Total liabilities and equity$16,654 $14,397 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54
Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands,millions, except for per share data)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Net revenue

  $25,282,320  $22,095,416  $19,063,121 

Cost of revenue

   23,368,919   20,388,624   17,517,478 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   1,913,401   1,706,792   1,545,643 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

   1,111,347   1,050,716   907,702 

Research and development

   42,861   38,531   29,680 

Amortization of intangibles

   31,923   38,490   35,524 

Restructuring and related charges

   25,914   36,902   160,395 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   —     —     2,112 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   701,356   542,153   410,230 

Restructuring of securities loss

   29,632   —     —   

Other expense

   53,750   37,563   28,448 

Interest income

   (21,460)   (17,813)   (12,525) 

Interest expense

   188,730   149,002   138,074 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income tax

   450,704   373,401   256,233 

Income tax expense

   161,230   285,860   129,066 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   289,474   87,541   127,167 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

   2,363   1,211   (1,923) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $287,111  $86,330  $129,090 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.:

    

Basic

  $1.85  $0.50  $0.71 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $1.81  $0.49  $0.69 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

    

Basic

   155,613   172,237   181,902 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   158,647   175,044   185,838 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net revenue$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 
Cost of revenue26,926 25,335 23,369 
Gross profit2,359 1,931 1,913 
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative1,213 1,175 1,111 
Research and development34 43 43 
Amortization of intangibles47 56 32 
Restructuring, severance and related charges10 157 26 
Operating income1,055 500 701 
(Gain) loss on securities(2)49 30 
Other (income) expense(11)31 53 
Interest income(6)(15)(21)
Interest expense130 174 188 
Income before income tax944 261 451 
Income tax expense246 204 162 
Net income698 57 289 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax2 3 2 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.$696 $54 $287 
Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.:
Basic$4.69 $0.36 $1.85 
Diluted$4.58 $0.35 $1.81 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic148.5 151.6 155.6 
Diluted152.1 155.3 158.6 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


55
Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Net income

  $289,474  $87,541  $127,167 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Change in foreign currency translation

   (21,729)   (50,151)   41,244 

Change in derivative instruments:

    

Change in fair value of derivatives

   (67,773)   1,225   13,434 

Adjustment for net losses (gains) realized and included in net income

   20,259   (23,076)   8,749 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total change in derivative instruments

   (47,514)   (21,851)   22,183 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in available for sale securities:

    

Unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities

   (24,508)   (8,679)   10,611 

Adjustment for net losses realized and included in net income

   33,333   —     10,139 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total change in available for sale securities

   8,825   (8,679)   20,750 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Actuarial (loss) gain

   (3,012)   8,194   10,372 

Prior service credit (cost)

   35   (1,532)   (52) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

   (63,395)   (74,019)   94,497 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $226,079  $13,522  $221,664 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   2,363   1,211   (1,923) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $223,716  $12,311  $223,587 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net income$698 $57 $289 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation17 (21)(21)
Change in derivative instruments:
Change in fair value of derivatives35 (6)(68)
Adjustment for net (gains) losses realized and included in net income(41)14 20 
Total change in derivative instruments(6)8 (48)
Change in available for sale securities:
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities— (36)(24)
Adjustment for net losses realized and included in net income— 36 33 
Total change in available for sale securities— — 9 
Actuarial gain (loss)17 62 (3)
Prior service cost(19)— — 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)9 49 (63)
Comprehensive income$707 $106 $226 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests2 3 2 
Comprehensive income attributable to Jabil Inc.$705 $103 $224 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


56
Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Total stockholders’ equity, beginning balances

  $1,963,380  $2,368,344  $2,457,497 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common stock:

    

Beginning balances

   257   253   250 

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

   1   1   1 

Vesting of restricted stock

   2   3   2 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   260   257   253 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Additionalpaid-in capital:

    

Beginning balances

   2,218,673   2,104,203   2,034,525 

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

   26,999   24,865   21,791 

Vesting of restricted stock

   (2)   (3)   (2) 

Recognition of stock-based compensation

   58,882   89,608   47,889 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   2,304,552   2,218,673   2,104,203 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Retained earnings:

    

Beginning balances

   1,760,097   1,730,893   1,660,820 

Declared dividends

   (51,026)   (57,126)   (59,017) 

Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of new accounting standards

   40,855   —     —   

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

   287,111   86,330   129,090 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   2,037,037   1,760,097   1,730,893 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Beginning balances

   (19,399)   54,620   (39,877) 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

   (63,395)   (74,019)   94,497 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   (82,794)   (19,399)   54,620 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Treasury stock:

    

Beginning balances

   (2,009,371)   (1,536,455)   (1,217,547) 

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

   (11,918)   (22,597)   (12,268) 

Treasury shares purchased

   (350,323)   (450,319)   (306,640) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   (2,371,612)   (2,009,371)   (1,536,455) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests:

    

Beginning balances

   13,123   14,830   19,326 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

   2,363   1,211   (1,923) 

Acquisition of noncontrolling interests

   1,112   —     —   

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

   —     —     (134) 

Disposition of noncontrolling interests

   (1,785)   —     —   

Declared dividends to noncontrolling interests

   (1,500)   (2,920)   (2,293) 

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —     2   (146) 

Other

   2   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   13,315   13,123   14,830 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity, ending balances

  $1,900,758  $1,963,380  $2,368,344 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Total stockholders’ equity, beginning balances$1,825 $1,900 $1,962 
Common stock:— — — 
Additional paid-in capital:
Beginning balances2,414 2,305 2,219 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan39 30 27 
Purchase of noncontrolling interest(14)— — 
Recognition of stock-based compensation94 79 59 
Ending balances2,533 2,414 2,305 
Retained earnings:
Beginning balances2,041 2,037 1,760 
Declared dividends(49)(50)(51)
Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of new accounting standards— — 41 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.696 54 287 
Ending balances2,688 2,041 2,037 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
Beginning balances(34)(83)(20)
Other comprehensive income (loss)9 49 (63)
Ending balances(25)(34)(83)
Treasury stock:
Beginning balances(2,610)(2,372)(2,010)
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans(22)(23)(12)
Treasury shares purchased(428)(215)(350)
Ending balances(3,060)(2,610)(2,372)
Noncontrolling interests:
Beginning balances14 13 13 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests2 3 2 
(Purchase) or acquisition of noncontrolling interests(12)— 1 
Disposition of noncontrolling interests— — (2)
Declared dividends to noncontrolling interests(3)(2)(1)
Ending balances1 14 13 
Total stockholders’ equity, ending balances$2,137 $1,825 $1,900 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


57
Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Net income

  $289,474  $87,541  $127,167 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   771,833   773,704   760,405 

Restructuring and related charges

   (3,566)   16,264   94,346 

Recognition of stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   61,346   90,664   48,544 

Deferred income taxes

   20,998   52,705   (63,001) 

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

   15,867   38,030   10,112 

Restructuring of securities loss

   29,632   —     —   

Other, net

   37,017   (13,600)   22,109 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:

    

Accounts receivable

   (586,511)   (2,334,367)   (2,828,328) 

Contract assets

   (878,469)   —     —   

Inventories

   483,074   (499,105)   (445,089) 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   28,897   (97,795)   95,593 

Other assets

   (38,188)   (34,747)   (30,413) 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

   961,662   815,258   744,470 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   1,193,066   (1,105,448)   (1,464,085) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) provided by investing activities:

    

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

   (1,005,480)   (1,036,651)   (716,485) 

Proceeds and advances from sale of property, plant and equipment

   218,708   350,291   175,000 

Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash

   (153,239)   (109,664)   (36,620) 

Cash receipts on sold receivables

   96,846   2,039,298   2,720,728 

Other, net

   (29,289)   (2,360)   (1,360) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   (872,454)   1,240,914   2,141,263 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities:

    

Borrowings under debt agreements

   11,985,978   9,677,424   7,434,107 

Payments toward debt agreements

   (12,013,004)   (9,206,016)   (7,479,150) 

Payments to acquire treasury stock

   (350,323)   (450,319)   (306,640) 

Dividends paid to stockholders

   (52,004)   (57,833)   (59,959) 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

   26,999   24,865   21,791 

Treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock

   (11,918)   (22,597)   (12,268) 

Other, net

   (1,500)   (12,568)   (2,427) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (415,772)   (47,044)   (404,546) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   554   (20,392)   5,228 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   (94,606)   68,030   277,860 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   1,257,949   1,189,919   912,059 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $1,163,343  $1,257,949  $1,189,919 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure information:

    

Interest paid, net of capitalized interest

  $185,696  $167,278  $130,635 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

  $168,053  $180,423  $187,871 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net income$698 $57 $289 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization876 795 772 
Restructuring and related charges5 41 (4)
Recognition of stock-based compensation expense and related charges102 83 61 
Deferred income taxes(13)29 21 
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment14 29 (3)
Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable6 32 16 
(Gain) loss on securities(2)49 30 
Other, net13 22 40 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:
Accounts receivable(283)(136)(587)
Contract assets116 (105)(878)
Inventories(1,276)(77)483 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(90)(144)29 
Other assets(43)(11)(38)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities1,310 593 962 
Net cash provided by operating activities1,433 1,257 1,193 
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment(1,159)(983)(1,005)
Proceeds and advances from sale of property, plant and equipment366 187 218 
Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash(50)(147)(153)
Repurchase of sold receivables(99)— — 
Cash receipts on repurchased receivables95 — — 
Cash receipts on sold receivables— — 97 
Other, net(4)22 (29)
Net cash used in investing activities(851)(921)(872)
Cash flows used in financing activities:
Borrowings under debt agreements1,724 12,777 11,986 
Payments toward debt agreements(1,613)(12,544)(12,013)
Payments to acquire treasury stock(428)(215)(350)
Dividends paid to stockholders(50)(50)(52)
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan39 30 27 
Treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock(22)(23)(12)
Other, net(63)(40)(2)
Net cash used in financing activities(413)(65)(416)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents4 (40)— 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents173 231 (95)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,394 1,163 1,258 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,567 $1,394 $1,163 
Supplemental disclosure information:
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest$124 $183 $186 
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received$211 $164 $168 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58
Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Jabil Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as the “Company”) is one of the leading providers of manufacturing services and solutions. The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in various industries and end markets. The Company’s services combine a highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing approach with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. The Company is headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida and has manufacturing operations principally in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The Company has made certain reclassification adjustments to conform prior periods’ Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to the current presentation.

Use of Accounting Estimates

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of 90 days or less.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables and other miscellaneous receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimatedbased on historical losses, resultingthe age of past due receivables, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from the inability of its customers to make required payments.customers. Bad debts are charged to this allowance after all attempts to collect the balance are exhausted. Allowances of $17.2 million and $15.2 million were recorded as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As the financial condition and circumstances of the Company’s customers change, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made as necessary.

Contract Balances

Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. The Company records an asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing a customer (“contract assets”) while a liability is recognized when a customer pays an invoice prior to the Company transferring control of the goods or services (“contract liabilities”). Amounts recognized as contract assets are generally transferred to receivables in the succeeding quarter due to the short-term nature of the manufacturing cycle. Contract assets are classified separately on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and transferred to receivables when right to payment becomes unconditional.

The Company reviewsmaintains an allowance for credit losses related to contract assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicatebased on historical losses, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable after considering factors such as the age of the balances and the financial stability of the customer.

affect our ability to collect from our customers.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (on a first in, first out (FIFO) basis) and net realizable value. Inventory is valued based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost and net realizable value considerations. If actual market conditions or customer product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Fulfillment Costs

59
Table of Contents
The Company capitalizes costs incurred to fulfill its contracts that i) relate directly to the contract or anticipated contracts, ii) are expected to generate or enhance the Company’s resources that will be used to satisfy the performance obligation under the contract, and iii) are expected to be recovered through revenue generated from the contract. Capitalized fulfillment costs are amortized to cost of revenue as the Company satisfies the related performance obligations under the contract with approximate lives ranging from1-3 1 year to 3 years. These costs, which are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, generally represent upfront costs incurred to prepare for manufacturing activities.

The Company assesses the capitalized fulfillment costs for impairment at the end of each reporting period. The Company will recognize an impairment loss to the extent the carrying amount of the capitalized costs exceeds the recoverable amount. Recoverability is assessed by considering the capitalized fulfillment costs in relation to the forecasted profitability of the related manufacturing performance obligations.

As of August 31, 2021 and 2020, capitalized costs to fulfill were $133 million and $85 million, respectively. Amortization of fulfillment costs were $58 million, $57 million and $49 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Immaterial or no impairments for fulfillment costs were recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is capitalized at cost and depreciated using the straight-line depreciation method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives for major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

Asset Class

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings

Up to 35 years

Leasehold improvements

Shorter of lease term or useful life of the improvement

Machinery and equipment

2 to 10 years

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

5 years

Computer hardware and software

3 to 7 years

Transportation equipment

3 years

Certain equipment held under capital leases is classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of operating income.

Leases
Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842) on September 1, 2019, the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients, which among other things, allows entities to maintain the historical lease classification for existing leases. The Company has lease agreements that contain both lease and non-lease components. For lease agreements entered into or reassessed after the adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company has elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for building and real estate leases.

The Company primarily has leases for buildings, real estate, machinery and equipment with lease terms ranging from 1 year to 35 years. Leases for other classes of assets are not significant. For any leases with an initial term in excess of 12 months, the Company determines whether an arrangement is a lease at contract inception by evaluating if the contract conveys the right to use and control the specific property or equipment. Certain lease agreements contain purchase or renewal options. These options are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Generally, the Company’s lease agreements do not contain material restrictive covenants.
Right-of-use assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent an obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term at the lease commencement date. When determining the present value of future payment, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate when the implicit rate is not readily determinable. Any payment deemed probable under residual value guarantees is included in lease payments. Any variable payments, other than those that depend on an index or rate, are excluded from right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
60
Table of Contents
Certain equipment and buildings held under finance leases are classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under finance leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill in a business combination as the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired and is assigned to the reporting unit in which the acquired business will operate. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, the Company determines the fair value of its reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second step is performed to measureloss recognized in the amount of loss, if any.

equal to that excess.

The recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the fair value. The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible is impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of itsan indefinite-lived intangible assetsexceeds the carrying value, the Company determines the fair value principally based on a variation of the income approach, known as the relief from royalty method. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired.

Business combinations can also result in other intangible assets being recognized. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on either a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated useful life and include contractual agreements and customer relationships, tradenames and intellectual property. No significant residual values are estimated for the amortizable intangible assets.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset or asset group is measured by comparing its carrying amount to the undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.

Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are recorded gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use and designation of the derivative instrument. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), net of tax, and is subsequently reclassified into the line item within the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged items are recorded in the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognized immediately in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses from changes in fair values are recognized in earnings. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following table sets forth the changes in AOCI, net of tax, by component during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20192021 (in thousands)millions):

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment		  Derivative
Instruments		  Actuarial
(Loss) Gain		  Prior
Service (Cost)
Credit		  Available
for Sale
Securities		  Total 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

  $7,431  $8,116  $(25,021)  $(643)  $(9,282)  $(19,399) 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

   (21,729)   (67,773)   (3,753)   79   (24,508)   (117,684) 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

   —     20,259   741   (44)   33,333   54,289 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income(1)

   (21,729)   (47,514)   (3,012)   35   8,825   (63,395) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019

  $(14,298)  $(39,398)  $(28,033)  $(608)  $(457)  $(82,794) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

61
Table of Contents
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment		Derivative
Instruments		Actuarial
Gain (Loss) 		Prior
Service (Cost) Credit		Total
Balance as of August 31, 2020$(37)$(30)$34 $(1)$(34)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications17 35 

33 (20)65 
Amounts reclassified from AOCI— (41)

(16)

1 (56)
Other comprehensive income (loss)(1)
17 (6)17 (19)9 
Balance as of August 31, 2021$(20)$(36)$51 $(20)$(25)
(1)

Amounts are net of tax, which are immaterial.

(1)Amounts are net of tax, which are immaterial.

The following table sets forth the amounts reclassified from AOCI into the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the associated financial statement line item, net of tax, for the periods indicated (in thousands)millions):

      Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 

Comprehensive Income Components

  Financial Statement Line
Item		  2019  2018  2017 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   Operating income  $—    $—    $5,947 

Realized losses (gains) on derivative instruments:(3)

     

Foreign exchange contracts

   Cost of revenue   21,982   (9,379)   4,799 

Interest rate contracts

   Interest expense   (1,723)   (13,697)   3,950 

Actuarial loss

   (1)    741   1,127   1,929 

Prior service credit

   (1)    (44)   (88)   (138) 

Available for sale securities

   (2)    33,333   —     10,139 
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total amounts reclassified from AOCI(4)

   $54,289  $(22,037)  $26,626 
   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
Comprehensive Income ComponentsFinancial Statement Line Item202120202019
Realized (gains) losses on derivative instruments:(1)
Foreign exchange contractsCost of revenue$(44)$15 $22 
Interest rate contractsInterest expense3 (1)(2)
Actuarial (gain) loss(2)(16)(3)1 
Prior service cost(2)1 — — 
Available for sale securities(Gain) loss on securities— 36 33 
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI(3)
$(56)$47 $54 
(1)

Amounts are included in the computation of net periodic benefit pension cost. Refer to Note 9 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” for additional information.

(2)

The portions of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2017 for available for sale securities were due to a restructuring of securities loss and an other than temporary impairments on securities, respectively, and were recorded to restructuring of securities loss and other expense, respectively.

(3)

The Company expects to reclassify $17.0 million into earnings during the next twelve months, which will primarily be classified as a component of cost of revenue.

(4)

Amounts are net of tax, which are immaterial for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2017. The amount for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 includes a reduction to income tax expense related to derivative instruments of $14.8 million.

(1)The Company expects to reclassify $6 million into earnings during the next twelve months, which will primarily be classified as a component of cost of revenue.
(2)Amounts are included in the computation of net periodic benefit pension cost. Refer to Note 10 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” for additional information.
(3)Amounts are net of tax, which are immaterial for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Foreign Currency Transactions

For the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that use a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, the assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved are included in operating income.

Revenue Recognition

Effective September 1, 2018, the Company’s revenue recognition accounting policies changed in conjunction with the adoption of ASU2014-09, Revenue Recognition (Topic 606). For further discussion, refer to Note 18—“Revenue” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in various industries and end markets. The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompasses the act of producing tangible products that are built to customer specifications, which are then provided to the customer.

The Company generally enters into manufacturing service contracts with its customers that provide the framework under which business will be conducted and customer purchase orders will be received for specific quantities and with predominantly fixed pricing. As a result, the Company considers its contract with a customer to be the combination of the manufacturing service contract and the purchase order, or any agreements or other similar documents.

The majority of the Company’sCompany's manufacturing service contracts relate to manufactured products which have no alternative use and for which the Company has an enforceable right to payment for the work completed to date. As a result, revenue is recognized over time when or as the Company transfers control of the promised products or services (known as performance obligations) to its customers. For certain other contracts with customers that do not meet the over time revenue
62
Table of Contents
recognition criteria, transfer of control occurs at a point in time which generally occurs upon delivery and transfer of risk and title to the customer.

Most of the Company’sCompany's contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual manufactured product or service is capable of being distinct and is distinct within the context of the contract. For the majority of customers, performance obligations are satisfied over time based on the continuous transfer of control as manufacturing services are performed and are generally completed in less than one year.

The Company also derives revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized over time as the services are performed.

For the Company’s over time customers, it believes the measure of progress which best depicts the transfer of control is based on costs incurred to date, relative to total estimated cost at completion (i.e., an input method). This method is a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services because it results in the recognition of revenue on the basis of the Company’sCompany's to-date efforts in the satisfaction of a performance obligation relative to the total expected efforts in the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company believes that the use of an input method best depicts the transfer of control to the customer, which occurs as the Company incurs costs on its contracts. The transaction price of each performance obligation is generally based upon the contractual stand-alone selling price of the product or service.

Certain contracts with customers include variable consideration, such as periodic cost of materials adjustments, rebates, discounts, or returns. The Company recognizes estimates of this variable consideration that are not expected to result in a significant revenue reversal in the future, primarily based on the most likely level of consideration to be paid to the customer under the specific terms of the underlying programs.

Taxes collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations on a net basis and are excluded from the transaction price. The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the goods. Accordingly, the Company records customer payments of shipping and handling costs as a component of net revenue, and classifies such costs as a component of cost of revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense, reduced for estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting period for outstanding stock awards.

The stock-based compensation expense for time-based and performance-based restricted stock unit awards (“restricted stock units”) is measured at fair value on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. For restricted stock units with performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense is originally based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved 100% of the performance goal, which is the intended outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period, management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition. If it becomes probable, based on the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to stock-based compensation expense will be recognized as a change in accounting estimate in the period that such probability changes.

The stock-based compensation expense for market-based restricted stock units is measured at fair value on the date of grant. The market conditions are considered in the grant date fair value using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which utilizes multiple input variables to determine the probability of the Company achieving the specified market conditions. Stock-based compensation expense related to an award with a market condition will be recognized over the requisite service period regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service period has been completed.

The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

See Note 1112 – “Stockholders’ Equity” for further discussion of stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the
63
Table of Contents
tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company considers future taxable income and ongoing feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.

The Company records the effects of the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) as a period cost and applies the incremental cash tax savings approach when analyzing the impact GILTI could have on its U.S. valuation allowance.  The incremental cash tax savings approach considers the realizable benefit of a net operating loss and deferred tax assets by comparing the incremental cash taxes in the calculation of GILTI with and without the net operating loss and other DTAs.

Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates its basic earnings per share by dividing net income attributable to Jabil Inc. by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company’s diluted earnings per share is calculated in a similar manner, but includes the effect of dilutive securities. The difference between the weighted average number of basic shares outstanding and the weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding is primarily due to dilutive unvested restricted stock units and dilutive stock appreciation rights.

Potential shares of common stock are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share when their effect would be antidilutive. Performance-based restricted stock units are considered dilutive when the related performance criterion have been met assuming the end of the reporting period represents the end of the performance period. All potential shares of common stock are antidilutive in periods of net loss. Potential shares of common stock not included in the computation of earnings per share because their effect would have been antidilutive or because the performance criterion was not met were as follows (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Stock appreciation rights

   —      —      265 

Restricted stock units

   796    2,426    4,539 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Restricted stock units655.0 728.3 795.8 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is categorized in one of three levels based on the lowest level of significant input used. Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

2. Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs

The Company regularly sells designated pools of high credit quality trade accounts receivable under a foreign asset-backed securitization program, a North American asset-backed securitization program and uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs (collectively referred to herein asunaffiliated financial institutions without recourse. As these accounts receivable are sold without recourse, the “programs”).Company does not retain the associated risks following the transfer of such accounts receivable to the respective financial institutions. The Company continues servicing the receivables sold and in exchange receives a servicing fee under each of the trade accounts receivable sale programs. Servicing fees related to each of the trade accounts receivable sale programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019 were not material. The Company does not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company estimates that the fee it receives to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.

Transfers of the receivables under the trade accounts receivable sale programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the trade accounts receivable sale programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The adoptionfollowing is a summary of Accounting Standards UpdateNo. 2016-15 (“ASU2016-15”) describedthe trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions where the Company may elect to sell receivables and the unaffiliated financial institution may elect to purchase, at a discount, on an
64
Table of Contents
ongoing basis:
Program
Maximum
Amount
(in millions)(1)
Type of
Facility		Expiration
Date
A$600 UncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
B$150 UncommittedNovember 30, 2021
C400 CNYUncommittedAugust 31, 2023
D$150 UncommittedMay 4, 2023(3)
E$150 UncommittedJanuary 25, 2022(4)
F$50 UncommittedFebruary 23, 2023(5)
G$100 UncommittedAugust 10, 2022(6)
H$100 UncommittedJuly 21, 2022(7)
I$550 UncommittedDecember 4, 2021(8)
J$135 UncommittedApril 11, 2022(9)
K100 CHFUncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
L$90 UncommittedJanuary 23, 2022
(1)Maximum amount of trade accounts receivable that may be sold under a facility at any one time.
(2)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(3)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 30 days prior notice.
(4)The program will be automatically extended through January 25, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(5)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.
(6)The program will be automatically extended through August 10, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(7)The program will be automatically extended through August 21, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(8)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2024 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(9)The program will be automatically extended through April 11, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
In connection with the trade accounts receivable sale programs, the Company recognized the following (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Trade accounts receivable sold$4,654 $8,457 $6,751 
Cash proceeds received$4,651 $8,440 $6,723 
Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables(1)
$3 $17 $28 
(1)Recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
3. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in millions):
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Raw materials$3,142 $2,390 
Work in process677 451 
Finished goods680 376 
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory(85)(85)
Inventories, net$4,414 $3,132 
4. Property, Plant and Equipment
65
Table of Contents
Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in millions):
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Land and improvements$143 $142 
Buildings1,216 1,152 
Leasehold improvements1,249 1,144 
Machinery and equipment5,216 4,686 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment234 222 
Computer hardware and software819 760 
Transportation equipment9 9 
Construction in progress222 76 
9,108 8,191 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization5,033 4,526 
$4,075 $3,665 
Depreciation and maintenance and repair expenses were as follows for the periods indicated (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Depreciation expense$828 $739 $740 
Maintenance and repair expense$381 $334 $288 
As of August 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $703 million and $422 million, respectively, included in Note 17, New Accounting Guidance, resulted inaccounts payable for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment, which is considered a reclassification of cash flows from operating activities tonon-cash investing activities for all periods presentedactivity in the Company’s Consolidated StatementStatements of Cash Flows for cash receiptsFlows.
5. Leases
The following table sets forth the amount of lease assets and lease liabilities included on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of the periods indicated (in millions):
Financial Statement Line ItemAugust 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Assets
Operating lease assets (1)
Operating lease right-of-use assets$390 $363 
Finance lease assets (2)
Property, plant and equipment, net318 160 
Total lease assets$708 $523 
Liabilities
Current
Operating lease liabilitiesCurrent operating lease liabilities$108 $111 
Finance lease liabilitiesAccrued expenses96 7 
Non-current
Operating lease liabilitiesNon-current operating lease liabilities333 302 
Finance lease liabilitiesOther liabilities223 161 
Total lease liabilities$760 $581 
(1)Net of accumulated amortization of $165 million and $96 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(2)Net of accumulated amortization of $41 million and $13 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The following table is a summary of expenses related to collectionsleases included on the deferredCompany's Consolidated Statements of Operations, for the periods indicated (in millions):
66
Table of Contents
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Operating lease cost$119 $114 
Finance lease cost
Amortization of leased assets27 6 
Interest on lease liabilities5 5 
Other27 15 
Net lease cost(1)
$178 $140 
(1)Lease costs are primarily recognized in cost of revenue.
The following table is a summary of the weighted-average remaining lease terms and weighted-average discount rates of the Company's leases, as of the periods indicated:
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Weighted-average remaining lease termWeighted-average discount rateWeighted-average remaining lease termWeighted-average discount rate
Operating leases5.6 years3.09 %5.4 years3.18 %
Finance leases3.4 years2.51 %5.7 years4.28 %
The following table sets forth other supplemental information related to the Company's lease portfolio (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases(1)
$121 $112 
Operating cash flows for finance leases(1)
5 5 
Financing activities for finance leases(2)
39 6 
Non-cash right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:
Operating leases141 91 
Finance leases190 112 
(1)Included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in Operating Activities of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
(2)Included in payments toward debt agreements in Financing Activities of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The future minimum lease payments under operating and finance leases as of August 31, 2021 were as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ending August 31,
Operating Leases(1)
Finance Leases(1)(2)
Total
2022$118 $101 $219 
202390 70 160 
202475 17 92 
202557 47 104 
202640 87 127 
Thereafter109 18 127 
Total minimum lease payments$489 $340 $829 
Less: Interest(48)(21)(69)
Present value of lease liabilities$441 $319 $760 
(1)Excludes $72 million of payments related to leases signed but not yet commenced. Additionally, certain leases signed but not yet commenced contain residual value guarantees and purchase price receivable (i.e. beneficial interest) on asset-backed securitization transactions. In addition,options not deemed probable.
67
Table of Contents
(2)As of August 31, 2021, the beneficial interestfuture minimum lease payments exclude $155 million of $162.2 million, $2.0 billion,residual value guarantees that could potentially come due in future periods. The Company does not believe it is probable that any amounts will be owed under these guarantees. Therefore, no amounts related to the residual value guarantees are included in the lease payments used to measure the right-of-use assets and $2.8 billionlease liabilities.
6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company completed its annual impairment analysis for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021. The qualitative assessment was performed and the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair values of the reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets were in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment analysis.
The following table presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
EMSDMSTotal
Balance as of August 31, 2019$74 $548 $622 
Acquisitions and adjustments— 62 62 
Change in foreign currency exchange rates— 13 13 
Balance as of August 31, 202074 623 697 
Acquisitions and adjustments— 17 17 
Change in foreign currency exchange rates— 1 1 
Balance as of August 31, 2021$74 $641 $715 
The following table is a summary of the Company’s gross goodwill balances and accumulated impairments as of the periods indicated (in millions):
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Gross
Carrying
Amount		Accumulated
Impairment		Gross
Carrying
Amount		Accumulated
Impairment
Goodwill$1,735 $1,020 $1,717 $1,020 
The following table presents the Company’s total purchased intangible assets as of August 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
 Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)		August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Gross
Carrying
Amount		Accumulated
Amortization		Net
Carrying
Amount		Gross
Carrying
Amount		Accumulated
Amortization		Net
Carrying
Amount
Contractual agreements and customer relationships12$304 $(217)$87 $302 $(200)$102 
Intellectual property8191 (169)22 174 (164)10 
Finite-lived trade namesNot applicable78 (56)22 78 (31)47 
Trade namesIndefinite51 — 51 51 — 51 
Total intangible assets11$624 $(442)$182 $605 $(395)$210 
Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 2018,was approximately $47 million, $56 million and 2017, respectively, obtained$32 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
2022$32 
202330 
202415 
202514 
202611 
Thereafter29 
Total$131 
68
Table of Contents

7. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
Notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of August 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized below (in millions):
Maturity DateAugust 31, 2021August 31, 2020
4.700% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Sep 15, 2022$499 $499 
4.900% Senior Notes(1)
Jul 14, 2023300 299 
3.950% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Jan 12, 2028496 495 
3.600% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Jan 15, 2030495 495 
3.000% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Jan 15, 2031591 590 
1.700% Senior Notes(1)(2)(3)
Apr 15, 2026496 — 
Borrowings under credit facilities(4)(5)
Jan 22, 2024 and Jan 22, 2026— — 
Borrowings under loans(3)
Jul 31, 20261 350 
Total notes payable and long-term debt2,878 2,728 
Less current installments of notes payable and long-term debt— 50 
Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments$2,878 $2,678 
(1)The notes are carried at the principal amount of each note, less any unamortized discount and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)The Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.
(3)On April 14, 2021, the Company issued $500 million of publicly registered 1.700% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “1.700% Senior Notes”). The Company used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including repayment of the prior $300 million Term Loan Facility.
(4)On April 28, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to its senior unsecured credit agreement dated as of January 22, 2020 (the “Credit Facility”). The Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the commitments available under the three-year revolving credit facility (the “Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility”) from $700 million to $1.2 billion, (ii) instituted certain sustainability-linked adjustments to the interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Credit Facility and (iii) extended the termination date of the Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility to January 22, 2024, and of the Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility of $2.0 billion to January 22, 2026.
(5)As of August 31, 2021, the Company has $3.8 billion in exchangeavailable unused borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facilities. The Credit Facility acts as the back-up facility for securitized receivablescommercial paper outstanding, if any. The Company has a borrowing capacity of up to $1.8 billion under its commercial paper program.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has letters of credit and surety bonds with banks and insurance companies outstanding of $75 million as of August 31, 2021. Unused letters of credit were $76 million as of August 31, 2021. Letters of credit and surety bonds are reportedgenerally available for draw down in the event the Company does not perform.
Debt Maturities
Debt maturities asnon-cash investing activities.

of August 31, 2021 are as follows (in millions):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
2022$— 
2023799 
2024— 
2025— 
2026496 
Thereafter1,583 
Total$2,878 
Debt Covenants
Borrowings under the Company’s debt agreements are subject to various covenants that limit the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, effect mergers and certain transactions, and effect certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates. In addition, the revolving credit facilities and the 4.900% Senior Notes contain debt leverage and
69
Table of Contents
interest coverage covenants. The Company is also subject to certain covenants requiring the Company to offer to repurchase the 4.700%, 4.900%, 3.950%, 3.600%, 3.000% or 1.700% Senior Notes upon a change of control. As of August 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Fair Value
Refer to Note 17 – “Fair Value Measurements” for the estimated fair values of the Company’s notes payable and long-term debt.
8. Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

The

Global asset-backed securitization program - Effective August 20, 2021, the global securitization program (formerly referred to as the North American asset-backed securitization program) terms were amended to: (i) add a foreign entity to the program, (ii) increase the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available at any one time from $390 million to $600 million and (iii) extend the expiration date of the program to November 25, 2024. As of August 31, 2021, the Company had up to $24 million in available liquidity under its global asset-backed securitization program.

Certain entities participating in the global asset-backed securitization program continuously sellssell designated pools of trade accounts receivable at a discount, under its foreign asset-backed securitization program to a special purpose entity, which in turn sells certain of the receivables at a discount to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduitconduits administered by an unaffiliated financial institution on a monthly basis. Effective October 1, 2018,In addition, the foreign entity participating in the global asset-backed securitization program sells certain receivables at a discount to conduits administered by an unaffiliated financial institution on a daily basis.

The special purpose entity in the global asset-backed securitization program is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and is included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain unsold receivables covering up to the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available under the domestic, or U.S., portion of the global asset-backed securitization program are pledged as collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2021.

Foreign asset-backed securitization program - The Company terminated the foreign asset-backed securitization program terms were amended and the program was extended to September 30,on June 28, 2021. In connection with this amendment, there is no longer a deferred purchase price receivablethe termination, the Company paid approximately $167 million in cash, which consisted of: (i) $68 million for the foreign asset-backed securitization programremittance of collections received prior to June 28, 2021, in the Company’s role as the entire purchase price is paid in cash when theservicer of sold receivables are sold.

Asand (ii) a repurchase of October 1, 2018, approximately $734.2$99 million of accounts receivable sold under the foreign asset-backed securitization program was exchanged for the outstanding deferred purchase price receivable of $335.5 million. The remaining amount due to the financial institution of $398.7 million was subsequently settled for $25.2 million of cash and $373.5 million of trade accounts receivable sold to the financial institution. Theall previously sold trade accounts receivable were recordedreceivables, at fair market value. Prior to the amendment, any portionvalue, that remained outstanding as of the purchase price for the receivables not paid in cash upon the sale occurring was recorded as a deferred purchase price receivable, which was paid from available cash as payments on the receivables were collected. The amended foreign asset-backed securitization program contains a guarantee of payment by the special purpose entity, in an amount equal to approximately the net cash proceeds under the program. No liability has been recorded for obligations under the guarantee asJune 28, 2021. As of August 31, 2019.

2021, the Company has substantially collected the repurchased receivables from customers.


The special purpose entity in the foreign asset-backed securitization program is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity whose assets would be first available to satisfy the creditor claimsthat is winding down as a result of the unaffiliated financial institution.termination of the foreign-asset backed securitization program. The Company is deemed the primary beneficiary of this special purpose entity as the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity from the transfer of the trade accounts receivable into the special purpose entity. Accordingly, the special purpose entity associated with the foreign asset-backed securitization program is included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.


The North Americanforeign asset-backed securitization program was terminated on October 9, 2018 and ascontained a guarantee of this date approximately $500.0 million of accounts receivable sold underpayment by the program was exchanged for the outstanding deferred purchase price receivable of $300.0 million and $200.0 million of cash. The previously sold trade accounts receivable were recorded at fair market value.

On November 27, 2018, the Company entered into a new North American asset-backed securitization program. The Company continuously sells designated pools of trade accounts receivable, at a discount, under its new North American asset-backed securitization program to a special purpose entity, which in turn sells certain of the receivables to conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions on a monthly basis. The special purpose entity, in an amount approximately equal to the North Americannet cash proceeds under the program. As a result of the termination of the foreign asset-backed securitization program is a wholly-owned subsidiary ofall outstanding amounts have been settled with the Company and is included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. There is no longer a deferred purchase price receivable for the North American asset-backed securitization program as the entire purchase price is paid in cash when the receivables are sold. Additionally, certain unsold receivables covering the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available under the program are pledged as collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2019.

Following is2021. As such, no liability has been recorded for obligations under the guarantee.


Global and foreign asset-backed securitization programs- The Company continues servicing the receivables sold and in exchange receives a summaryservicing fee under the global asset-backed securitization programs. Servicing fees related to each of the asset-backed securitization programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and key terms:

   Maximum Amount of
Net Cash Proceeds (in  millions)(1)		   Expiration
Date		 

North American

  $390.0    November 22, 2021 

Foreign

  $400.0    September 30, 2021 

(1)

Maximum amount available at any one time.

2019 were not material. The Company does not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company estimates that the fee it receives to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.

Transfers of the receivables under the asset-backed securitization programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the asset-backed securitization programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
In connection with the asset-backed securitization programs, the Company recognized the following (in millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019(3)   2018   2017 

Trade accounts receivable sold

  $4,057   $8,386   $8,878 

Cash proceeds received(1)

  $4,031   $7,838   $8,300 

Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables(2)

  $26   $15   $9 

Deferred purchase price receivables as of August 31

  $—     $533   $569 

70
Table of Contents
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
2021(3)
2020
2019(4)
Trade accounts receivable sold$4,222 $4,333 $4,057 
Cash proceeds received(1)
$4,202 $4,314 $4,031 
Proceeds due from bank$10 $— $— 
Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables(2)
$10 $19 $26 
(1)

The amounts primarily represent proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving-period transfers.

(2)

(1)The amounts primarily represent proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving-period transfers.
(2)Recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(3)

Excludes $650.3 million of trade accounts receivable sold, $488.1 million of cash and $13.9 million of net cash received prior to the amendment of Operations.

(3)Includes trade accounts receivable sold and cash proceeds received under the foreign asset-backed securitization program and under the previous North American asset-backed securitization program.

The asset-backed securitization programs requireprogram through June 28, 2021, except for $99 million of previously sold receivables that were repurchased.

(4)Excludes $650 million of trade accounts receivable sold, $488 million of cash and $14 million of net cash received prior to the amendment of the foreign asset-backed securitization program and under the global asset-backed securitization program which occurred during the first quarter of fiscal year 2019.

The global asset-backed securitization program requires compliance with several covenants. The North American asset-backed securitization program covenants includeincluding compliance with the interest ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio of the five-year unsecured credit facility amended as of November 8, 2017 (“the 2017 Credit Facility”). The foreign asset-backed securitization program covenants include limitations on certain corporate actions such as mergers and consolidations.Facility. As of August 31, 20192021 and 2018,2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the global asset-backed securitization programs.

Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

Following is a summaryprogram. As of the trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions whereAugust 31, 2020, the Company may elect to sell receivables andwas in compliance with all covenants under the unaffiliated financial institution may elect to purchase, at a discount, on an ongoing basis:

Program  Maximum
Amount (in millions)(1)		  Type of
Facility		   Expiration
Date		 

A

  $800.0   Uncommitted    August 31, 2022(2) 

B

  $150.0   Uncommitted    November 30, 2019(3) 

C

   800.0 CNY   Uncommitted    June 30, 2020 

D

  $100.0   Uncommitted    May 4, 2023(4) 

E

  $50.0   Uncommitted    August 25, 2020 

F

  $150.0   Uncommitted    January 25, 2020(5) 

G

  $50.0   Uncommitted    February 23, 2023(2) 

H

  $100.0   Uncommitted    August 10, 2020(6) 

I

  $100.0   Uncommitted    July 21, 2020(7) 

J

  $740.0   Uncommitted    February 28, 2020(8) 

K

  $110.0   Uncommitted    April 11, 2020(9) 

(1)

Maximum amount available at any one time.

(2)

Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.

(3)

The program will automatically extend for one year at each expiration date unless either party provides 10 days notice of termination.

(4)

Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 30 days prior notice.

(5)

The program will be automatically extended through January 25, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(6)

The program will be automatically extended through August 10, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(7)

The program will be automatically extended through August 21, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

(8)

The program will be automatically extended through February 28, 2024 unless either party provides 90 days notice of termination.

(9)

The program will be automatically extended each year through April 11, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.

In connection with the trade accounts receivable sale programs, the Company recognized the following (in millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Trade accounts receivable sold

  $6,751   $5,480   $2,968 

Cash proceeds received

  $6,723   $5,463   $2,962 

Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables(1)

  $28   $17   $6 

(1)

Recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

foreign asset-backed securitization program.

3. Inventories

Inventories

9. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands)millions):

   August 31, 2019  August 31, 2018 

Raw materials

  $2,310,081  $2,070,569 

Work in process

   468,217   788,742 

Finished goods

   314,258   659,335 

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory

   (69,553)   (60,940) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Inventories, net

  $3,023,003  $3,457,706 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

4. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Income (loss) before income tax expense is summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Domestic(1)

  $(415,707)  $(426,897)  $(373,690) 

Foreign(1)

   866,411   800,298   629,923 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
  $450,704  $373,401  $256,233 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Contract liabilities(1)
$559 $496 
Accrued compensation and employee benefits827 703 
Inventory deposits711 405 
Other accrued expenses1,637 1,607 
Accrued expenses$3,734 $3,211 
(1)

Includes the elimination of intercompany foreign dividends paid to the U.S.

Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Current:

    

Domestic – federal

  $(23,675)  $69,080  $2,436 

Domestic – state

   1,383   134   12 

Foreign

   175,993   178,790   188,872 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current

   153,701   248,004   191,320 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Domestic – federal

   (8,000)   (24,342)   253 

Domestic – state

   (2,202)   93   30 

Foreign

   17,731   62,105   (62,537) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred

   7,529   37,856   (62,254) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  $161,230  $285,860  $129,066 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is summarized below:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   21.0%   25.7%   35.0% 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   (1.7)   (1.5)   (3.3) 

Impact of foreign tax rates(1)(2)

   (9.9)   (19.3)   (42.7) 

Permanent impact ofnon-deductible cost

   1.8   5.9   2.9 

Income tax credits(1)

   (3.1)   (2.8)   (6.3) 

Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities(3)

   0.2   4.0   0.3 

One-time transition tax related to the Tax Act(4)

   (0.5)   62.2   —   

Indefinite reinvestment assertion impact(4)

   0.9   5.8   —   

Valuation allowance(5)

   1.3   (16.4)   14.8 

Non-deductible equity compensation

   1.4   5.5   4.5 

Impact of intercompany charges and dividends(6)

   10.4   7.3   38.3 

Reclassification of stranded tax effects in AOCI

   —     (4.0)   —   

Global IntangibleLow-Taxed Income(7)

   10.4   —     —   

Other, net

   3.6   4.2   6.9 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

   35.8%   76.6%   50.4% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

The Company has been granted tax incentives for various subsidiaries in Brazil, China, Malaysia, Poland, Singapore and Vietnam, which expire at various dates through fiscal year 2031 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These tax incentives resulted in a tax benefit of approximately $67.3 million ($0.43 per basic share), $52.1 million ($0.30 per basic share) and $38.6 million ($0.22 per basic share) during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

(2)

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, the decrease in the impact of foreign tax rates was primarily due to a decrease in the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the Tax Act.

(3)

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the increase in the changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities was primarily due to the Tax Act, excluding the impact of the enacted rate change on the U.S. valuation allowance.

(4)

The indefinite reinvestment assertion impact for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 is related to the Tax Act as further discussed below.

(5)

The valuation allowance change for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018 was primarily due to utilization of domestic federal net operating losses and tax credits against theone-time transition tax and the change in enacted tax rate applied to U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018. The increase for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was partially offset by an income tax benefit of $17.5 million for the reversal of a U.S. valuation allowance due to an intangible asset reclassification from indefinite-life to finite-life.

(6)

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the decrease in the impact of intercompany charges and dividends was due to a change in the U.S. taxation of foreign dividends as a result of the Tax Act.

(7)

GILTI applied beginning in the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 and primarily related to the utilization of current year U.S. federal operating losses.

Tax Act

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”). The Tax Act reduced the corporate tax rate, limited or eliminated certain tax deductions, introduced Global IntangibleLow-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) as a newly defined category of foreign subsidiary income which is taxable to U.S. shareholders each year, and changed the taxation of foreign earnings of U.S. multinational companies. The enacted changes included a mandatory income inclusion of the historically untaxed foreign earnings of a U.S. company’s foreign subsidiaries and effectively taxed such income at reduced tax rates (“transition tax”). As a result of theone-time transition tax, the Company has a substantial amount of previously taxed earnings that can be distributed to the U.S. without additional U.S. taxation. Additionally, the Tax Act provides for a 100% dividends received deduction for dividends received by U.S. corporations from10-percent or more owned foreign corporations. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the Company made reasonable estimates related to certain impacts of the Tax Act and, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118,Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), recorded a net provisional income tax expense (benefit). During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the Company completed its accounting for the effects of the Tax Act under SAB 118 based on the analysis, interpretations and guidance available at that time. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, the Company elected to record the GILTI effects as a period cost.

The following table summarizes the tax expense (benefit) related to the Tax Act recognized during the SAB 118 measurement period (in millions):

   One-time
transition tax,
inclusive of
unrecognized tax
benefits(1)		  Re-measurement
of the Company’s
U.S. deferred tax
attributes		  Change in
indefinite
reinvestment
assertion(2)		   Other  Income tax
expense (benefit)		 

Provisional income tax expense (benefit) – recognized in fiscal year 2018

  $65.9  $(10.5)  $85.0   $1.9  $142.3 

Income tax (benefit) expense adjustment – recognized in fiscal year 2019

  $(19.7)  $1.6  $—     $(0.3)  $(18.4) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) related to the Tax Act

  $46.2  $(8.9)  $85.0   $1.6  $123.9 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

The calculation of theone-time transition tax is based upon post-1986 earnings and profits, applicable foreign tax credits and relevant limitations, utilization of U.S. federal net operating losses and tax credits and the amount of foreign earnings held in cash andnon-cash assets. The adjustments during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 were primarily related to further analysis of the Company’s utilization of foreign tax credits and applicable limitations.

(2)

The liability recorded for a change in the indefinite reinvestment assertion on certain earnings from the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is primarily associated with foreign withholding taxes that would be incurred upon such future remittances of cash.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018 

Deferred tax assets:

   

Net operating loss carry forward

  $183,297  $119,259 

Receivables

   6,165   7,111 

Inventories

   9,590   7,634 

Compensated absences

   10,401   8,266 

Accrued expenses

   81,731   81,912 

Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization

   66,268   97,420 

Domestic federal and state tax credits

   42,464   70,153 

Foreign jurisdiction tax credits

   15,345   25,887 

Equity compensation – Domestic

   7,617   7,566 

Equity compensation – Foreign

   2,179   2,401 

Domestic federal interest carry forward

   5,853   —   

Cash flow hedges

   9,878   —   

Unrecognized capital loss carry forward

   7,799   —   

Revenue recognition

   19,195   —   

Other

   21,907   18,176 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowances

   489,689   445,785 

Less valuation allowances

   (287,604)   (223,487) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $202,085  $222,298 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

   

Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries

   75,387   74,654 

Intangible assets

   39,242   39,122 

Other

   4,447   4,655 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $119,076  $118,431 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $83,009  $103,867 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Based on the Company’s historical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded. The net increase in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 is primarily related to the increase of a net operating loss carry forward due to a release of anon-U.S. unrecognized tax benefit and the increase of deferred tax assets in sites with existing valuation allowances. The decrease in domestic federal and state tax credits is primarily related to the utilization of tax credits against theone-time transition tax.

As of August 31, 2019, the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from its foreign subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability has not already been recorded. The accumulated earnings are the most significant component of the basis difference which is indefinitely reinvested. As of August 31, 2019, the indefinitely reinvested earnings in foreign subsidiaries upon which taxes had not been provided were approximately $1.9 billion. The estimated amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these reinvested earnings was approximately $0.2 billion.

Tax Carryforwards

The amount and expiration dates of income tax net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any, as of August 31, 2019 are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)  Last Fiscal Year of Expiration   Amount 

Income tax net operating loss carryforwards:(1)

    

Domestic – state

   2039   $57,299 

Foreign

   2039 or indefinite   $565,609 

Tax credit carryforwards:(1)

    

Domestic – federal

   2029   $39,784 

Domestic – state

   2027   $3,313 

Foreign(2)

   2027 or indefinite   $15,345 

(1)

Net of unrecognized tax benefits.

(2)

Calculated based on the deferral method and includes foreign investment tax credits.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits is summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Beginning balance

  $256,705  $201,355  $149,898 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

   20,158   14,465   2,155 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years(1)

   (106,252)   (21,045)   (12,233) 

Additions for tax positions related to current year(2)

   35,769   81,866   77,807 

Cash settlements

   —     (1,659)   (2,298) 

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

   (2,570)   (7,496)   (10,446) 

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities(3)

   (35,582)   (5,928)   (6,061) 

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

   (3,845)   (4,853)   2,533 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $164,383  $256,705  $201,355 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate (if recognized)

  $93,237  $117,455  $75,223 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

The reductions for tax positions of prior years for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to anon-U.S. taxing authority ruling related to certainnon-U.S. net operating loss carry forwards, offset with a valuation allowance and the impacts of the Tax Act.

(2)

The additions for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018 are primarily related to the impacts of the Tax Act and taxation of certain intercompany transactions. The additions for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 are primarily related to certainnon-U.S. net operating loss carry forwards, previously offset with a valuation allowance, that can no longer be recognized due to an internal restructuring.

(3)

The reductions from settlements with taxing authorities for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to the settlement of a U.S. audit.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s accrued interest and penalties were approximately $18.9 million and $20.4 million as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company(1)Revenue recognized interest and penalties of approximately $(1.5) million, $(6.7) million and $5.2 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 20182021 and 2017, respectively.

It is reasonably possible2020 that the August 31, 2019 unrecognized tax benefits could decrease during the next 12 months by $5.8 million, primarily related to a state settlement.

The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2015. In majornon-U.S. and state jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2009.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of the Company’s tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report (“RAR”) on May 27, 2015, which was updated on June 22, 2016. The IRS completed its field examination of the Company’s tax returns for fiscal years 2012 through 2014 and issued an RAR on April 19, 2017. The proposed adjustmentsincluded in the RAR from both examination periods relate primarily to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. On May 8, 2019, the tax return audits for fiscal years 2009 through 2014 were effectively settled when the Company agreed to the IRS Office of Appeals’ Form870-AD (Offer to Waive Restrictions on Assessment and Collection of Tax Deficiency and to Accept Overassessment) adjustments, which were substantially lower than the initial RAR proposed adjustments. The settlement did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows and no additional tax liabilities were recorded.

5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

   August 31, 
   2019   2018 

Land and improvements

  $146,719   $144,136 

Buildings

   962,559    849,975 

Leasehold improvements

   1,092,787    1,013,428 

Machinery and equipment

   4,262,015    3,983,025 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   209,257    192,243 

Computer hardware and software

   671,252    601,955 

Transportation equipment

   16,423    17,215 

Construction in progress

   83,234    42,984 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   7,444,246    6,844,961 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   4,110,496    3,646,945 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $3,333,750   $3,198,016 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and maintenance and repair expenses were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Depreciation expense

  $739,910   $735,213   $724,856 

Maintenance and repair expense

  $288,309   $266,691   $234,332 

As of August 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had $235.2 million and $253.6 million, respectively, included in accounts payable for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment, which is considered anon-cash investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company completed its annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019 and determined the fair values of the reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets were in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.

The following table presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

   EMS  DMS  Total 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

  $52,574  $555,610  $608,184 

Acquisitions and adjustments(1)

   30,763   (8,186)   22,577 

Change in foreign currency exchange rates

   (667)   (2,349)   (3,016) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

   82,670   545,075   627,745 

Change in foreign currency exchange rates

   (702)   (4,788)   (5,490) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019

  $81,968  $540,287  $622,255 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $8.2 million of goodwill reallocated between DMS and EMS during fiscal year 2018.

The following table is a summary of the Company’s gross goodwill balances and accumulated impairments as of the periods indicated (in thousands):

   August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount		   Accumulated
Impairment		   Gross
Carrying
Amount		   Accumulated
Impairment		 

Goodwill

  $1,642,077   $1,019,822   $1,647,567   $1,019,822 

The following table presents the Company’s total purchased intangible assetscontract liability balance as of August 31, 2020 and 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

   Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)		   August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount		   Accumulated
Amortization		  Net
Carrying
Amount		   Gross
Carrying
Amount		   Accumulated
Amortization		  Net
Carrying
Amount		 

Contractual agreements and customer relationships

   12   $292,797   $(175,199)  $117,598   $289,947   $(153,415)  $136,532 

Intellectual property

   6    173,771    (157,606)   16,165    168,181    (148,672)   19,509 

Finite-lived trade names

   Not applicable    77,536    (5,036)   72,500    5,091    (5,091)   —   

Trade names

   Indefinite    50,590    —     50,590    123,090    —     123,090 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   11   $594,694   $(337,841)  $256,853   $586,309   $(307,178)  $279,131 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019, the Company made a strategic decision that the indefinite-lived trade name of $72.5 million acquired during the acquisition of Nypro would be phased out over the next four years. In connection with a strategic shift to further diversify our portfolio, focus on innovation and technology within the Company’s healthcare business and as a result of the strategic collaboration with a certain medical device company, management decided to implement a rebranding initiative to Jabil Healthcare. Management believes the name change better leverages the Jabil brand and the full range of services available to its customers.

As a result of the decision to rebrand, the Company determined the indefinite-lived trade name should no longer be classified as an indefinite-lived intangible asset. Accordingly, prior to reclassifying the trade name to a finite-lived intangible asset, the Company tested it for impairment and determined the fair value of the asset exceeded the carrying value. As such, this trade name was assigned a four-year estimated useful life and will be amortized on an accelerated basis.

Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017 was approximately $31.9 million, $38.5$365 million and $35.5$308 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,    

2020

  $54,165 

2021

   43,780 

2022

   28,291 

2023

   25,877 

2024

   10,976 

Thereafter

   43,174 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $206,263 
  

 

 

 

7. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

   August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 

Contract liabilities

  $511,329   $—   

Deferred income

   —      691,365 

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

   600,907    570,400 

Obligation associated with securitization programs

   475,251    —   

Other accrued expenses

   1,402,657    1,000,979 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

  $2,990,144   $2,262,744 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

8. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt

Notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of August 31, 2019 and 2018 are summarized below (in thousands):

   Maturity Date   August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 

5.625% Senior Notes(1)(2)

   Dec 15, 2020    398,886    397,995 

4.700% Senior Notes(1)(2)

   Sep 15, 2022    498,004    497,350 

4.900% Senior Notes(1)

   Jul 14, 2023    299,057    298,814 

3.950% Senior Notes(1)(2)(3)

   Jan 12, 2028    494,825    494,208 

Borrowings under credit facilities(4)(5)(6)

   
Nov 8, 2022 and
Aug 24, 2020		 
 		   —      —   

Borrowings under loans(4)(5)

   
Nov 8, 2022 and
Aug 24, 2020		 
 		   805,693    830,332 
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total notes payable and long-term debt

     2,496,465    2,518,699 

Less current installments of notes payable and long-term debt

     375,181    25,197 
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments

    $2,121,284   $2,493,502 
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

The notes are carried at the principal amount of each note, less any unamortized discount and unamortized debt issuance costs.

(2)

The Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.

(3)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, the Company issued $500.0 million of publicly registered 3.950% Senior Notes due 2028 (the “3.950% Senior Notes”). The net proceeds from the offering were used for general corporate purposes, including to redeem $400.0 million of the Company’s outstanding 8.250% Senior Notes due 2018 and pay related costs and a “make-whole” premium.

(4)

On November 8, 2017, the Company entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five-year credit agreement to support the continued growth of the business. In addition, the revolving credit facility supports commercial paper outstanding, if any. The credit agreement provides for: (i) a Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.8 billion, which may, subject to the lenders’ discretion, potentially be increased up to $2.3 billion (“the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) a $500.0 million Term Loan Facility (“the 2017 Term Loan Facility”), collectively “the 2017 Credit Facility.” The 2017 Credit Facility expires on November 8, 2022. The 2017 Revolving Credit Facility is subject to two whole or partialone-year extensions, at the lender’s discretion. Interest and fees on the 2017 Credit Facility advances are based on the Company’snon-credit enhanced long-term senior unsecured debt rating as determined by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, Moody’s Investors Service and Fitch Ratings.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the interest rates on the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility ranged from 3.1% to 5.7% and the 2017 Term Loan Facility ranged from 3.5% to 3.9%. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the 2017 Revolving Credit Facility, either 0.000% to 0.575% above the base rate or 0.975% to 1.575% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the 2017 Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% to 0.875% above the base rate or 1.125% to 1.875% above the Eurocurrency rate. The base rate represents the greatest of: (i) Citibank, N.A.’s prime rate, (ii) 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and (iii) 1.0% aboveone-month LIBOR, but not less than zero. The Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR or adjusted CDOR, as applicable, for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders and a letter of credit fee based on the amount of outstanding letters of credit.

(5)

On August 24, 2018, the Company entered into a senior unsecuredtwo-year credit agreement to support the continued growth of the business. The credit agreement provides for: (i) a Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $150.0 million (“the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) a $350.0 million Term Loan Facility (“the 2018 Term Loan Facility”), collectively “the 2018 Credit Facility.” The 2018 Credit Facility expires on August 24, 2020.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the interest rates on the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility ranged from 3.1% to 3.4% and the 2018 Term Loan Facility ranged from 3.3% to 3.8%. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility, either the base rate or 0.9750% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the 2018 Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% above the base rate or 1.125% above the Eurocurrency rate. The base rate represents the greatest of: (i) Mizuho Bank, Ltd.’s prime rate, (ii) 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and (iii) 1.0% aboveone-month LIBOR, but not less than zero. The Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero. Fees include a facility fee based on the revolving credit commitments of the lenders.

Additionally, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries had various additional credit facilities that finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs.

As of August 31, 2019, the Company has $2.6 billion, in available unused borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facilities.

(6)

On August 15, 2019, the Company entered into a commercial paper program with a borrowing capacity of up to $1.8 billion. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the commercial paper to support more efficient financing terms. The revolving credit facility supports commercial paper outstanding, if any. As of August 31, 2019, no commercial paper had been issued.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has letters of credit and surety bonds with banks and insurance companies outstanding of $119.1 million as of August 31, 2019. Unused letters of credit were $74.7 million as of August 31, 2019. Letters of credit and surety bonds are generally available for draw down in the event the Company does not perform.

Debt Maturities

Debt maturities as of August 31, 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,    

2020

  $375,181 

2021

   441,858 

2022

   49,797 

2023

   1,134,613 

2024

   120 

Thereafter

   494,896 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $2,496,465 
  

 

 

 

Debt Covenants

Borrowings under the Company’s debt agreements are subject to various covenants that limit the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, effect mergers and certain transactions, and effect certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates. In addition, the 2017 and 2018 Revolving Credit Facilities and the 4.900% Senior Notes contain debt leverage and interest coverage covenants. The Company is also subject to certain covenants requiring the Company to offer to repurchase the 5.625%, 4.700%, 4.900% or 3.950% Senior Notes upon a change of control. As of August 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.

Fair Value

Refer to Note 16 – “Fair Value Measurements” for the estimated fair values of the Company’s notes payable and long-term debt.

9.10. Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits

Postretirement Benefits

The Company has a qualified defined benefit pension plan for employees of Jabil Circuit UK Limited (the “UK plan”). The UK plan, which is closed to new participants, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over a three-year service period preceding retirement and length of employee service. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in UK employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company.

As a result of the third closing of the JJMD acquisition, the Company assumed a pension obligation for employees in Switzerland (the “Switzerland plan”). The Switzerland plan, which is a qualified defined benefit pension plan, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over an approximately 8 year service period preceding retirement and length of employee service. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in Switzerland employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company.
Additionally, as a result of acquiring various other operations in Europe, Asia and Mexico the Company assumed both qualified and unfunded nonqualified retirement benefits covering eligible employees who meet age and service requirements (the “other plans”).

The UK plan, Switzerland plan and other plans are collectively referred to herein as the “plans.”

Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets

The projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) and plan assets, changes to the benefit obligationPBO and plan assets and the funded status of the plans as of and for the fiscal years ended August 31 are as follows (in thousands)millions):

   Pension 
   2019  2018 

Change in projected benefit obligation

   

Beginning projected benefit obligation

  $161,104  $167,714 

Service cost

   1,437   1,063 

Interest cost

   3,715   3,807 

Actuarial loss (gain)

   19,060   (6,019) 

Curtailments gain

   —     (998) 

Total benefits paid

   (6,568)   (6,211) 

Plan participants’ contributions

   35   31 

Amendments

   —     1,864 

Acquisitions

   6,040   —   

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

   (10,133)   (147) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending projected benefit obligation

  $174,690  $161,104 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

   

Beginning fair value of plan assets

   151,715   146,698 

Actual return on plan assets

   19,784   8,146 

Employer contributions

   1,717   1,811 

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (5,435)   (4,758) 

Plan participants’ contributions

   35   31 

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

   (9,715)   (213) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending fair value of plan assets

  $158,101  $151,715 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unfunded status

  $(16,589)  $(9,389) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

   

Accrued benefit liability, current

  $368  $428 

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

  $16,221  $8,961 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss(1)

   

Actuarial loss, before tax

  $24,343  $22,387 

Prior service cost, before tax

  $690  $719 

71
Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Change in PBO
Beginning PBO$559 $175 
Service cost25 25 
Interest cost5 3 
Actuarial (gain) loss2 (81)
Settlements paid from plan assets(1)
(44)(26)
Total benefits paid(17)(6)
Plan participants’ contributions25 14 
Plan amendments24 — 
Acquisitions8 404 
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars— 51 
Ending PBO$587 $559 
Change in plan assets
Beginning fair value of plan assets538 158 
Actual return on plan assets55 7 
Acquisitions— 331 
Settlements paid from plan assets(1)
(44)(26)
Employer contributions17 10 
Benefits paid from plan assets(15)(6)
Plan participants’ contributions25 14 
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars— 50 
Ending fair value of plan assets$576 $538 
Unfunded status$(11)$(21)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Accrued benefit liability, current$1 $1 
Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent$10 $20 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2)
Actuarial (gain) loss, before tax$(69)$(49)
Prior service cost, before tax$23 $1 
(1)

The Company anticipates amortizing $0.8 million and $0.0 million, before tax, of net actuarial loss and prior service costs balances, respectively, to net periodic cost in fiscal year 2020.

(1)The settlements recognized during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 relate primarily to the Switzerland plan.

(2)The Company anticipates amortizing $19 million and $4 million, before tax, of net actuarial gain and prior service costs balances, respectively, to net periodic cost in fiscal year 2022.
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
The following table summarizes the total accumulated benefit obligations (“ABO”), the ABO and fair value of plan assets for defined benefit pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets, and the PBO and fair value of plan assets for defined benefit pension plans with PBO in excess of plan assets for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
ABO$563 $536 
Plans with ABO in excess of plan assets
ABO$59 $54 
Fair value of plan assets$26 $27 
Plans with PBO in excess of plan assets
PBO$74 $437 
Fair value of plan assets$26 $396 
Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides information about the net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 2018(in millions):
72
Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Service cost$25 $25 $1 
Interest cost5 3 3 
Expected long-term return on plan assets(16)(15)(5)
Recognized actuarial (gain) loss(10)(3)1 
Amortization of actuarial gains (1)
(6)— — 
Net settlement loss1 — 1 
Amortization of prior service costs1 — — 
Net periodic benefit cost$— $10 $1 
(1)Actuarial gains and 2017 (in thousands):

   Pension 
   2019  2018  2017 

Service cost

  $1,437  $1,063  $1,068 

Interest cost

   3,715   3,807   2,942 

Expected long-term return on plan assets

   (5,291)   (5,954)   (4,206) 

Recognized actuarial loss

   741   1,127   1,929 

Amortization of prior service credit

   (44)   (88)   (138) 

Net settlement loss

   634   116   1,472 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $1,192  $71  $3,067 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

On September 1, 2018,losses are amortized using a corridor approach. The gain/loss corridor is equal to 10 percent of the Company adopted a new accounting standard, which changesgreater of the presentationprojected benefit obligation and the fair value of net periodic benefit costplan assets. Gains and losses in excess of the Consolidated Statementscorridor are generally amortized over the average future working lifetime of Operation. The Company adopted the standard on a retrospective basis which results in reclassifications for the service cost component of net periodic benefit cost from selling, general and administrative expense to cost of revenue and for the other components from selling, general and administrative expense to other expense. Prior periods have not been reclassified due to immateriality.

plan participants.

Assumptions

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost and projected benefit obligationPBO for the plans for the fiscal years 2019, 20182021, 2020 and 20172019 were as follows:

   Pension 
   2019  2018  2017 

Net periodic benefit cost:

    

Expected long-term return on plan assets(1)

   3.6%   3.8%   3.3% 

Rate of compensation increase

   4.4%   3.3%   2.7% 

Discount rate

   2.2%   2.1%   1.9% 

Projected benefit obligation:

    

Expected long-term return on plan assets

   2.0%   3.6%   4.0% 

Rate of compensation increase

   4.3%   4.4%   4.4% 

Discount rate(2)

   1.7%   2.2%   2.3% 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net periodic benefit cost:
       Expected long-term return on plan assets(1)
2.9 %3.0 %3.6 %
Rate of compensation increase2.1 %2.0 %4.4 %
Discount rate0.8 %0.5 %2.2 %
PBO:
Expected long-term return on plan assets3.0 %2.9 %2.0 %
Rate of compensation increase2.2 %2.1 %4.3 %
       Discount rate(2)
0.7 %0.8 %1.7 %
(1)

The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic benefit cost is based on historical return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan.

(2)

The discount rate is used to state expected cash flows relating to future benefits at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments whose timing would match the cash outflow of retirement benefits. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.

(1)The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic benefit cost is based on historical return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan.
(2)The discount rate is used to state expected cash flows relating to future benefits at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments whose timing would match the cash outflow of retirement benefits. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.
Plan Assets

The Company has adopted an investment policy for a majority of plan assets, which was set by plan trustees who have the responsibility for making investment decisions related to the plan assets. The plan trustees oversee the investment allocation, including selecting professional investment managers and setting strategic targets. The investment objectives for the assets are (1) to acquire suitable assets that hold the appropriate liquidity in order to generate income and capital growth that, along with new contributions, will meet the cost of current and future benefits under the plan, (2) to limit the risk of the plan assets from failing to meet the plan liabilities over the long-term and (3) to minimize the long-term costs under the plan by maximizing the return on the plan assets.

Investment policies and strategies governing the assets of the plans are designed to achieve investment objectives with prudent risk parameters. Risk management practices include the use of external investment managers; the maintenance of a portfolio diversified by asset class, investment approach and security holdings; and the maintenance of sufficient liquidity to meet benefit obligations as they come due. Within the equity securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. Within the debt securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in corporate bonds as well as fixed and variable interest debt instruments. The Company currently expects to achieve a target mix of 35% to 45% equity and 55% to 65% debt securities in fiscal year 2020.

2022.

Fair Value

73
Table of Contents
The fair values of the plan assets held by the Company by asset category are as follows (in thousands)millions):

       August 31, 2019  August 31, 2018 
   Fair Value
Hierarchy		   Fair Value   Asset
Allocation		  Fair Value   Asset
Allocation		 

Asset Category

         

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   Level 1   $7,705    5%  $6,682    4% 

Equity Securities:

         

Global equity securities(2)(3)

   Level 2    20,215    13%   35,932    24% 

Debt Securities:

         

Corporate bonds(3)

   Level 2    42,522    27%   41,088    27% 

Government bonds(3)

   Level 2    69,880    44%   51,597    34% 

Other Investments:

         

Insurance contracts(4)

   Level 3    17,779    11%   16,416    11% 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

    $158,101    100%  $151,715    100% 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
 Fair Value
Hierarchy		Fair ValueAsset
Allocation		Fair ValueAsset
Allocation
Asset Category
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
Level 1$15 3 %$15 3 %
Equity Securities:
Global equity securities(2)(3)
Level 2222 39 %208 38 %
Debt Securities:
Corporate bonds(3)
Level 2262 45 %238 44 %
Government bonds(3)
Level 258 10 %58 11 %
Other Investments:
Insurance contracts(4)
Level 319 3 %19 4 %
Fair value of plan assets$576 100 %$538 100 %
(1)

Carrying value approximates fair value.

(1)Carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Investments in equity securities by companies incorporated, listed or domiciled in developed and/or emerging market countries.
(3)Investments in global equity securities, corporate bonds, government securities and government bonds are valued using the quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics.
(4)Consist of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements, as well as provides a profit share to the Company. The profit share in this contract is not based on actual investments, but, instead on a notional investment portfolio that is expected to return a pre-defined rate. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value and is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated future benefits to be paid throughout the duration of the policy and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value estimate of the contract.
(2)

Investments in equity securities by companies incorporated, listed or domiciled in developed and/or emerging market countries.

(3)

Investments in global equity securities, corporate bonds, government securities and government bonds are valued using the quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics.

(4)

Consist of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements, as well as provides a profit share to the Company. The profit share in this contract is not based on actual investments, but, instead on a notional investment portfolio that is expected to return apre-defined rate. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value and is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated future benefits to be paid throughout the duration of the policy and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value estimate of the contract.

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

The following table provides information for the plans with an accumulated benefit obligation for fiscal years 2019 and 2018 (in thousands):

   August 31, 
   2019   2018 

Projected benefit obligation

  $174,690   $161,104 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $161,729   $152,380 

Fair value of plan assets

  $158,101   $151,715 

Cash Flows

The Company expects to make cash contributions between $0.4$24 million and $0.6$30 million to its funded pension plans during fiscal year 2020.2022. The estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are as follows (in thousands)millions):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

  Amount 

2020

  $5,017 

2021

   4,788 

2022

   5,365 

2023

   5,877 

2024

   6,274 

2025 through 2029

   40,828 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Amount
2022$34 
2023$29 
2024$28 
2025$30 
2026$29 
2027 through 2031$143 
Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan and Defined Contribution Plans

The Company provides retirement benefits to its domestic employees who have completed a30-day period of service through a 401(k) plan that provides a matching contribution by the Company. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees. The Company contributed approximately $49.0$56 million, $40.5$56 million and $33.6$49 million for defined contribution plans for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 2018respectively.
11. Derivative Financial Instruments and 2017, respectively.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Agreements

Hedging Activities

The Company leasesis directly and indirectly affected by changes in certain facilities undernon-cancelable operating leases. Lease agreementsmarket conditions. These changes in market conditions may contain lease escalation clausesadversely impact the Company’s financial performance and purchase or renewal options.are referred to as market risks. The Company, recognizes scheduled lease escalation clauses overwhere deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as risk management tools to mitigate the coursepotential impact of certain market risks. The primary market risks managed by the Company through the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency risk and interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Risk Management
74
Table of Contents
Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with the anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses. A hedging relationship existed with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $1.5 billion and $355 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The related forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lock in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses against foreign currency fluctuations. The anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses being hedged are expected to occur between September 1, 2021 and August 31, 2022.
In addition to derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments and qualify for hedge accounting, the Company also enters into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the applicable lease term on a straight-line basisrespective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding contracts as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, was $3.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively.
Refer to Note 17 – “Fair Value Measurements” for the fair values and classification of the Company’s derivative instruments.
The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from effectiveness testing were not material for all periods presented and are included as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense, which are the same line items in which the hedged items are recorded.
The following table presents the net gains (losses) from forward contracts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Operations for the periods indicated (in millions):
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Net IncomeAmount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Net Income on Derivatives
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Forward foreign exchange contracts(1)
Cost of revenue$140 $42 $(30)
(1)For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized $105 million and $47 million, respectively, of foreign currency losses in cost of revenue, which are offset by the gains from the forward foreign exchange contracts. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the Company recognized $15 million of foreign currency gains in cost of revenue, which are offset by the losses from the forward foreign exchange contracts.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The future minimum lease payments undernon-cancelable operating leasesCompany periodically enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings.
Cash Flow Hedges
The following table presents the interest rate swaps outstanding as of August 31, 2019 were2021, which have been designated as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

  Amount 

2020

  $118,312 

2021

   102,915 

2022

   84,729 

2023

   63,206 

2024

   51,091 

Thereafter

   182,932 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

  $603,185 
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease expense was approximately $125.4hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges:
Interest Rate Swap SummaryHedged Interest Rate PaymentsAggregate Notional Amount (in millions)Effective Date
Expiration Date (1)
Forward Interest Rate Swap
Anticipated Debt IssuanceFixed$250 November 2, 2020July 31, 2024(2)
Anticipated Debt IssuanceFixed$150 May 24, 2021July 31, 2024(2)

(1)The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the expiration date for the forward interest rate swap.
(2)If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before July 31, 2024, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance.
Contemporaneously with the issuance of our 3.000% Notes in July 2020, the Company amended interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $200 million, $130.2 million and $117.2 million for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

Legal Proceedings

Thewith mandatory termination dates from August 15, 2020 through February

75
Table of Contents
15, 2022 (the “2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps”). In addition, the Company is partyentered into interest rate swaps to certain lawsuitsoffset future exposures of fluctuations in the ordinary coursefair value of business.the 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps (the “Offsetting Interest Rate Swaps”). The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually orchange in fair value of the 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps and Offsetting Interest Rate Swaps will be recorded in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect onConsolidated Statements of Income through the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

11.maturity date as an adjustment to interest expense.

12. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expense as follows (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Restricted stock units

  $53,766   $84,082   $42,122 

Employee stock purchase plan

   7,580    6,891    6,334 

Other(1)

   —      7,538    88 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $61,346   $98,511   $48,544 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2018, represents aone-time cash-settled stock award that vested on November 30, 2017.

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Restricted stock units$91 $74 $54 
Employee stock purchase plan11 9 7 
Total$102 $83 $61 

Equity Compensation Plan

On January 21, 2021, the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 EIP”) was approved by the shareholders of the Company. The 2021 EIP replaced the Company’s 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) provides for the grant of restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards., which terminated on October 21, 2020. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be subject to awardsare available for issuance under the 2021 EIP is 11,000,000, which includes the: (i) additional shares authorized by the shareholders in January 2021 and (ii) the shares previously available for issuance under the 2011 Plan is 23,300,000.

Plan.

Following is a reconciliation of the shares available to be issued under the 2011 Plan2021 EIP as of August 31, 2019:

2021:
Shares Available for Grant

Balance as of August 31, 2018

2020		10,609,508 12,837,158

Shares authorized

2,233,503 
Restricted stock units granted, net of forfeitures(1)

(1,861,711)(796,577) 

Balance as of August 31, 2019

2021		10,981,300 
12,040,581

(1)

Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

(1)Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.
Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARS”)

The following table summarizes SARS activity from August 31, 20182020 through August 31, 2019:

   SARS
Outstanding		  Average
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)		   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price		   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)		 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2018

   156,801  $1,748   $18.41    3.10 

SARS exercised

   (33,300)    $18.24   
  

 

 

      

Outstanding and exercisable as of August 31, 2019

   123,501  $1,278   $18.46    2.11 
  

 

 

      

2021:

SARS
Outstanding		Average
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)		Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price		Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
Outstanding as of August 31, 202015,000 $235 $18.49 1.13
SARS exercised(15,000)$18.49 
Outstanding and exercisable as of August 31, 2021— $— $— $— 
Restricted Stock Units

Certain key employees have been granted time-based, performance-based and market-based restricted stock units. The time-based restricted stock units granted generally vest on a graded vesting schedule over three years. The performance-based restricted stock units generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over three years and up to a maximum of 150%, depending on the specified performance condition and the level of achievement obtained. The performance-based restricted stock units have a vesting condition that is based upon the Company’s cumulative adjusted core earnings per share during the performance period. The market-based restricted stock units generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over three years and up to a maximum of 200%, depending on the specified performance condition and the level of achievement obtained. The market-based restricted stock units have a vesting condition that is tied to the Company’s total shareholder return based on the Company’s stock performance in relation to the companies in the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) Super Composite Technology Hardware and Equipment Index excluding the Company.

On October 6, 2017, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved the modification of vesting criteria for certain performance-based restricted stock units granted in fiscal year 2015. As a result of the modification, 0.8 million awards vested during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, which resulted in approximately $24.9 million of stock-based compensation expense recognized.

The following table summarizes restricted stock units activity from August 31, 20182020 through August 31, 2019:

   Shares  Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value		 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2018

   8,352,307  $24.34 

Changes during the period

   

Shares granted(1)

   3,144,205  $25.25 

Shares vested

   (1,983,411)  $25.07 

Shares forfeited

   (2,347,628)  $24.78 
  

 

 

  

Outstanding as of August 31, 2019

   7,165,473  $26.27 
  

 

 

  

2021:
76
Table of Contents
SharesWeighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Outstanding as of August 31, 20206,337,524 $32.64 
Changes during the period
Shares granted(1)
2,304,115 $40.11 
Shares vested(2,290,104)$30.17 
Shares forfeited(442,404)$32.38 
Outstanding as of August 31, 20215,909,131 $36.51 
(1)

For those shares granted that are based on the achievement of certain performance criteria, the amount represents the maximum number of shares that can vest. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the Company awarded approximately 1.6 million time-based restricted stock units, 0.4 million performance-based restricted stock units and 0.4 million market-based restricted stock units based on target performance criteria.

(1)For those shares granted that are based on the achievement of certain performance criteria, the amount represents the maximum number of shares that can vest. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Company awarded approximately 1.2 million time-based restricted stock units, 0.4 million performance-based restricted stock units and 0.3 million market-based restricted stock units based on target performance criteria.
The following table represents the restricted stock units and SARS stock-based compensation information for the periods indicated (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Intrinsic value of SARS exercised

  $335   $909   $5,053 

Fair value of restricted stock units vested

  $49,725   $62,592   $44,010 

Tax benefit for stock compensation expense(1)

  $611   $1,122   $560 

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense — restricted stock units

  $41,778     

Remaining weighted-average period for restricted stock units expense

   1.3 years     

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Intrinsic value of SARS exercised$— $2 $— 
Fair value of restricted stock units vested$69 $56 $50 
Tax benefit for stock compensation expense(1)
$1 $1 $1 
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense — restricted stock units$35 
Remaining weighted-average period for restricted stock units expense1.4 years
(1)

Classified as income tax expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(1)Classified as income tax expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The

On January 21, 2021 the Company’s shareholders approved increasing the maximum aggregate number of shares that are available for issuance under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) is 12,000,000.

to 23,000,000.

Employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP after 90 days of employment with the Company. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined in the ESPP, at a price equal to 85% of the fair value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. As of August 31, 2019, 3,397,0192021, 12,001,770 shares remained available for issue under the 2011 ESPP.

The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP was estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Expected dividend yield

   0.6%   0.6%   0.8% 

Risk-free interest rate

   2.3%   1.4%   0.5% 

Expected volatility(1)

   28.6%   23.0%   33.0% 

Expected life

   0.5 years   0.5 years   0.5 years 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Expected dividend yield0.5 %0.4 %0.6 %
Risk-free interest rate0.1 %1.9 %2.3 %
Expected volatility (1)
32.9 %30.7 %28.6 %
Expected life0.5 years0.5 years0.5 years
(1)

The expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility derived from the Company’s common stock.

(1)The expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility derived from the Company’s common stock.


Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s cash dividends declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 20192021 and 2018:

   Dividend
Declaration Date		   Dividend
per Share		   Total of Cash
Dividends
Declared		   Date of Record for
Dividend Payment		   Dividend Cash
Payment Date		 
   (in thousands, except for per share data) 

Fiscal Year 2019:

   October 18, 2018   $0.08   $13,226    November 15, 2018    December 3, 2018 
   January 24, 2019   $0.08   $12,706    February 15, 2019    March 1, 2019 
   April 18, 2019   $0.08   $12,681    May 15, 2019    June 3, 2019 
   July 18, 2019   $0.08   $12,724    August 15, 2019    September 3, 2019 

Fiscal Year 2018:

   October 19, 2017   $0.08   $14,588    November 15, 2017    December 1, 2017 
   January 25, 2018   $0.08   $14,272    February 15, 2018    March 1, 2018 
   April 19, 2018   $0.08   $13,991    May 15, 2018    June 1, 2018 
   July 18, 2018   $0.08   $13,677    August 15, 2018    September 4, 2018 

Share Repurchases

In September 2019, the Company’s Board2020:

77
Table of Directors (“the Board”) authorized the repurchase of up to $600.0 million of the Company’s common stock as part of atwo-year capital allocation framework (“the 2020 Share Repurchase Program”). From September 24, 2019 through October 14, 2019, the Company repurchased 874,475 shares, utilizing a total of $30.8 million of the $600.0 million authorized by the Board.

Contents

Dividend
Declaration Date		Dividend
per Share		Total of Cash
Dividends
Declared		Date of Record for
Dividend Payment		Dividend Cash
Payment Date
 (in millions, except for per share data)
Fiscal Year 2021:October 15, 2020$0.08 $12 November 16, 2020December 2, 2020
January 21, 2021$0.08 $12 February 15, 2021March 2, 2021
April 22, 2021$0.08 $12 May 14, 2021June 2, 2021
July 22, 2021$0.08 $12 August 13, 2021September 2, 2021
Fiscal Year 2020:October 17, 2019$0.08 $13 November 15, 2019December 2, 2019
January 23, 2020$0.08 $13 February 14, 2020March 4, 2020
April 15, 2020$0.08 $12 May 15, 2020June 3, 2020
July 16, 2020$0.08 $12 August 14, 2020September 2, 2020
Common Stock Outstanding

The following represents the common stock outstanding for the fiscal year ended:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Common stock outstanding:

    

Beginning balances

   164,588,172   177,727,653   186,998,472 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

   11,348   30,832   172,620 

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

   1,282,042   1,105,400   1,228,316 

Vesting of restricted stock

   1,983,261   2,727,229   2,102,049 

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

   (489,836)   (793,052)   (550,096) 

Treasury shares purchased(1)

   (13,854,607)   (16,209,890)   (12,223,708) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ending balances

   153,520,380   164,588,172   177,727,653 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Common stock outstanding:
Beginning balances150,330,358 153,520,380 164,588,172 
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options9,321 56,999 11,348 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan1,288,397 1,106,852 1,282,042 
Vesting of restricted stock2,290,104 2,259,623 1,983,261 
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans(622,703)(621,250)(489,836)
Treasury shares purchased(1)(2)(3)
(8,799,400)(5,992,246)(13,854,607)
Ending balances144,496,077 150,330,358 153,520,380 
(1)

During fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of $350.0 million, $450.0 million and $400.0 million, respectively, of the Company’s common stock under share repurchase programs, which were repurchased during fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

12.

(1)During fiscal year 2018, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of $350 million of the Company’s common stock under share repurchase programs, which were repurchased during fiscal year 2019.
(2)In September 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $600 million of the Company’s common stock as part of a two-year capital allocation framework (“the 2020 Share Repurchase Program”). As of August 31, 2021, 14.1 million shares had been repurchased for $600 million and no authorization remains under the 2020 Share Repurchase Program.
(3)In July 2021, the Board of Directors approved an authorization for the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock (“the 2022 Share Repurchase Program”). As of August 31, 2021, 0.7 million shares had been repurchased for $42 million and $958 million remains available under the 2022 Share Repurchase Program.
13. Concentration of Risk and Segment Data

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic and foreign financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, but may generally be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions and attempts to limit exposure with any one institution. For trade receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for potentialexpected credit losses on trade receivables.

Sales of the Company’s products are concentrated among specific customers. For fiscal year 2019,2021, the Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 42%47% of its net revenue and 8582 customers accounted for approximately 90% of its net revenue. As the Company is a provider of manufacturing services and solutions and products are built based on customer specifications, it is impracticable to provide revenues from external customers for each product and service. Sales to the following customer that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenues, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net revenue, and the percentage of accounts receivable for the customer, were as follows:

   Percentage of Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,		  Percentage of Accounts Receivable
as of August 31,		 
   2019  2018  2017  2019  2018 

Apple, Inc.(1)

   22%   28%   24%   *   * 

78
Table of Contents
 Percentage of Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,		Percentage of Accounts Receivable
as of August 31,
 20212020201920212020
Apple, Inc.(1)
22 %20 %22 %**
Amazon.com(2)
*11 %***
*

Amount was less than 10% of total.

(1)

Sales to this customer were reported in the DMS operating segment.

*Amount was less than 10% of total.
(1)Sales to this customer were reported in the DMS operating segment.
(2)Sales to this customer were reported primarily in the EMS operating segment.
The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers. Some of the products manufactured by the Company require one or more components that are available from only a single source.

Segment Data

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they may earn revenues and incur expenses; for which separate financial information is available; and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to assess the performance of the individual segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

The Company derives its revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. The chief operating decision makerCODM evaluates performance and allocates resources on a segment basis. The Company’s operating segments consist of two2 segments – EMS and DMS, which are also the Company’s reportable segments. The segments are organized based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.

The EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, utilizing the Company’s large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. The EMS segment is a high volume business that produces productsproduct at a quicker rate (i.e. cycle time) and in larger quantities and includes customers primarily in the automotive5G, wireless and transportation, capital equipment, cloud, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications,digital print and retail, industrial and smart homesemi-cap, and appliancesnetworking and storage industries.

The DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions, with an emphasis on material sciences, technologies and healthcare. The DMS segment includes customers primarily in the edgeautomotive and transportation, connected devices, and accessories, healthcare mobility and packaging, and mobility industries.

Net revenue for the operating segments is attributed to the segment in which the service is performed. An operating segment’s performance is evaluated based on itspre-tax operating contribution, or segment income. Segment income is defined as net revenue less cost of revenue, segment selling, general and administrative expenses, segment research and development expenses and an allocation of corporate manufacturing expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. Segment income does not include amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring, severance and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition and integration charges, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, restructuring of(gain) loss on securities, loss, goodwill impairment charges, business interruption and impairment charges, net, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, other expense (excluding certain components of net periodic benefit cost), interest income, interest expense, income tax expense or adjustment for net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Total segment assets are defined as accounts receivable, contract assets, inventories, net, customer-related property, plant and equipment, intangible assets net of accumulated amortization and goodwill. All othernon-segment assets are reviewed on a global basis by management. Transactions between operating segments are generally recorded at amounts that approximate those at which we would transact with third parties.

As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within the Company’s operating segments. As there have been no changes to how the Company’s CODM assesses operating performance and allocates resources, the Company’s operating segments which are the reporting segments continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Beginning in fiscal year 2021, customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.

79
Table of Contents
The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by segment (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
EMSDMSTotalEMSDMSTotalEMSDMSTotal
Timing of transfer
Point in time$4,464 $7,183 $11,647 $4,363 $6,068 $10,431 $2,832 $6,101 $8,933 
Over time9,440 8,198 17,638 9,730 7,105 16,835 10,135 6,214 16,349 
Total$13,904 $15,381 $29,285 $14,093 $13,173 $27,266 $12,967 $12,315 $25,282 
The following tables set forth operating segment information (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

Net revenue

      

EMS

  $15,430,529   $12,268,600   $11,077,622 

DMS

   9,851,791    9,826,816    7,985,499 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $25,282,320   $22,095,416   $19,063,121 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018  2017 

Segment income and reconciliation of income before tax

    

EMS

  $480,047  $451,149  $436,110 

DMS

   396,564   316,998   230,893 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total segment income

  $876,611  $768,147  $667,003 

Reconciling items:

    

Amortization of intangibles

   (31,923)   (38,490)   (35,524) 

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   (61,346)   (98,511)   (48,544) 

Restructuring and related charges

   (25,914)   (36,902)   (160,395) 

Distressed customer charges

   (6,235)   (32,710)   (10,198) 

Business interruption and impairment charges, net (1)

   2,860   (11,299)   —   

Acquisition and integration charges

   (52,697)   (8,082)   —   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   —     —     (2,112) 

Restructuring of securities loss

   (29,632)   —     —   

Other expense

   (53,750)   (37,563)   (28,448) 

Interest income

   21,460   17,813   12,525 

Interest expense

   (188,730)   (149,002)   (138,074) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income tax

  $450,704  $373,401  $256,233 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Charges, net of insurance proceeds of $2.9 million and $24.9 million, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, relate to business interruption and asset impairment costs associated with damage from Hurricane Maria, which impacted operations in Cayey, Puerto Rico, which is classified as a component of cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

   August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 

Total assets

    

EMS

  $4,353,465   $3,456,866 

DMS

   4,988,198    5,378,436 

Othernon-allocated assets

   3,628,812    3,210,339 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $12,970,475   $12,045,641 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Segment income and reconciliation of income before tax
EMS$509 $374 $394 
DMS732 490 483 
Total segment income$1,241 $864 $877 
Reconciling items:
Amortization of intangibles(47)(56)(32)
Stock-based compensation expense and related charges(102)(83)(61)
Restructuring, severance and related charges(10)(157)(26)
Distressed customer charges— (15)(6)
Business interruption and impairment charges, net
1 (6)3 
Acquisition and integration charges(4)(31)(54)
Gain (loss) on securities2 (49)(30)
Other expense (net of periodic benefit cost)(13)(47)(53)
Interest income6 15 21 
Interest expense(130)(174)(188)
Income before income tax$944 $261 $451 

(in millions)August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Total assets:
EMS$4,340 $3,729 
DMS8,228 7,251 
Other non-allocated assets4,086 3,417 
Total$16,654 $14,397 
The Company operates in more than 30 countries worldwide. Sales to unaffiliated customers are based on the Company location that maintains the customer relationship and transacts the external sale. The following tables set forth external net revenue, net of intercompany eliminations, and long-lived asset information where individual countries represent a material portion of the total (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019   2018   2017 

External net revenue:

      

Singapore

  $6,718,495   $7,193,414   $5,585,837 

China

   4,958,462    4,585,355    4,012,950 

Mexico

   4,526,456    3,533,437    3,207,059 

Malaysia

   1,681,911    1,389,851    1,119,384 

Hungary

   809,031    897,033    944,448 

Other

   3,489,398    2,651,632    2,547,750 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign source revenue

   22,183,753    20,250,722    17,417,428 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

U.S.

   3,098,567    1,844,694    1,645,693 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $25,282,320   $22,095,416   $19,063,121 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   August 31, 
   2019   2018 

Long-lived assets:

    

China

  $1,579,904   $1,770,732 

Mexico

   418,641    256,086 

Singapore

   156,028    191,506 

Malaysia

   154,386    113,011 

Taiwan

   123,608    130,062 

Hungary

   85,809    91,063 

Spain

   77,855    79,991 

Poland

   57,794    60,847 

Other

   412,498    334,466 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-lived assets related to foreign operations

   3,066,523    3,027,764 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

U.S.

   1,146,335    1,077,128 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,212,858   $4,104,892 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

13. Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company is directly and indirectly affected by changes in certain market conditions. These changes in market conditions may adversely impact the Company’s financial performance and are referred to as market risks. The Company, where deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as risk management tools to mitigate the potential impact

80
Table of certain market risks. The primary market risks managed by the Company through the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency risk and interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Risk Management

Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with the anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses. A hedging relationship existed with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $334.1 million and $293.4 million as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The related forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lock in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses against foreign currency fluctuations. The anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses being hedged are expected to occur between September 3, 2019 and August 31, 2020.

In addition to derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments and qualify for hedge accounting, the Company also enters into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding contracts as of August 31, 2019 and 2018, was $2.5 billion and $2.3 billion, respectively.

Contents

Refer to Note 16 – “Fair Value Measurements” for the fair values and classification of the Company’s derivative instruments.

The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from effectiveness testing were not material for all periods presented and are included as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense, which are the same line items in which the hedged items are recorded.

The following table presents the net losses from forward contracts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the periods indicated (in thousands):

   Location of Loss on
  Fiscal Year Ended August 31 
   Derivatives Recognized
  2019  2018  2017 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815

  in Net Income  Amount of Loss Recognized in Net Income on Derivatives 

Forward foreign exchange contracts(1)

  Cost of revenue  $(29,557)  $(27,774)  $(95,665) 

(1)

For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017, the Company recognized $14.9 million, $36.7 million, and $90.3 million, respectively, of foreign currency gains in cost of revenue, which are offset by the losses from the forward foreign exchange contracts.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company periodically enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges

The following table presents the interest rate swaps outstanding as of August 31, 2019, which have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges:

Interest Rate Swap Summary

  Hedged Interest
Rate Payments		   Aggregate Notional
Amount (in millions)		   Effective Date   Expiration Date (1) 

Forward Interest Rate Swap

        

Anticipated Debt Issuance

   Fixed   $200.0    October 22, 2018    December 15, 2020(2) 

Interest Rate Swaps(3)

        

2017 Term Loan Facility

   Variable   $200.0    October 11, 2018    August 31, 2020 

2018 Term Loan Facility

   Variable   $350.0    August 24, 2018    August 24, 2020 

(1)

The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the expiration date for the forward interest rate swap and at each settlement date for the interest rate swaps.

(2)

If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before December 15, 2020, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance.

(3)

The Company pays interest based upon a fixed rate as agreed upon with the respective counterparties and receives variable rate interest payments based on theone-month LIBOR for the 2017 Term Loan Facility and the three-month LIBOR for the 2018 Term Loan Facility.

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
External net revenue:
Singapore$7,943 $6,512 $6,719 
China4,666 4,583 4,958 
Mexico4,323 4,686 4,526 
Malaysia2,121 1,903 1,682 
Hungary894 717 809 
Other4,523 4,117 3,490 
Foreign source revenue24,470 22,518 22,184 
U.S.4,815 4,748 3,098 
Total$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 

 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Long-lived assets:
China$2,046 $1,670 
Mexico361 376 
Malaysia281 232 
Switzerland217 219 
Singapore128 142 
Hungary125 101 
Taiwan106 115 
Vietnam103 108 
Other526 501 
Long-lived assets related to foreign operations3,893 3,464 
U.S.1,079 1,108 
Total$4,972 $4,572 

14. Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges

Following is a summary of the Company’s restructuring, severance and related charges (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2019  2018   2017(2) 

Employee severance and benefit costs

  $16,029  $16,269   $56,834 

Lease costs

   (41)   1,596    3,966 

Assetwrite-off costs

   (3,566)   16,264    94,346 

Other costs

   13,492   2,773    5,249 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and related charges(1)

  $25,914  $36,902   $160,395 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 
2021(1)
2020(1)
2019(2)
Employee severance and benefit costs$5 $94 $16 
Lease costs(1)8 — 
Asset write-off costs5 33 (4)
Other costs1 22 14 
Total restructuring, severance and related charges(3)
$10 $157 $26 
(1)

Includes $21.5 million, $16.3 million and $51.3 million recorded in the EMS segment, $2.6 million, $16.6 million and $82.4 million recorded in the DMS segment and $1.8 million, $4.0 million and $26.7 million ofnon-allocated charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Except for assetwrite-off costs, all restructuring and related charges are cash settled.

(2)

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, includes expenses related to the 2017 and 2013 Restructuring Plans.

2017 Restructuring Plan

On September 15, 2016,

(1)As the Company’s BoardCompany continued to optimize its cost structure and improve operational efficiencies, $57 million of Directors formally approvedemployee severance and benefit costs was incurred in connection with a restructuring planreduction in the worldwide workforce during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. The remaining amount primarily relates to better align the Company’s global capacity and administrative support infrastructure to further optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductions across the Company’s selling, general and administrative cost base and capacity realignment in higher cost locations (the “2017 Restructuring Plan”).

The 20172020 Restructuring Plan, totaling $195.0 million in restructuring and other related costs, iswhich was complete as of August 31, 2019.

The table below sets forth the cumulative restructuring and related charges incurred through August 31, 2019 for2021.

(2)Primarily relates to the 2017 Restructuring Plan, (in thousands):

   2017
Restructuring Plan(1)		 

Employee severance and benefit costs

  $74,656 

Lease costs

   5,521 

Assetwrite-off costs

   106,974 

Other related costs

   7,395 
  

 

 

 

Total restructuring and related charges

  $194,546 
  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes $62.3 million allocated to the EMS segment, $101.6 million allocated to the DMS segment and $30.7 million of unallocated costs.

which was complete as of August 31, 2019.

The tables below summarize(3)Includes $0 million, $62 million and $21 million recorded in the Company’s liability activity, primarily associated withEMS segment, $9 million, $76 million and $3 million recorded in the 2017 Restructuring Plan (in thousands):

   Employee Severance
and Benefit Costs		  Lease Costs  Asset Write-off
Costs		  Other
Related Costs		  Total 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

  $33,580  $1,665  $—    $3,143  $38,388 

Restructuring related charges

   16,269   1,596   16,264   2,773   36,902 

Assetwrite-off charge and othernon-cash activity

   (127)   525   (16,264)   25   (15,841) 

Cash payments

   (31,591)   (1,102)   —     (5,419)   (38,112) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2018

   18,131   2,684   —     522   21,337 

Restructuring related charges

   16,029   (41)   (3,566)   2,071   14,493 

Assetwrite-off charge and othernon-cash activity

   (494)   —     3,566   (18)   3,054 

Cash payments

   (30,504)   (663)   —     (1,786)   (32,953) 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2019

  $3,162  $1,980  $—    $789  $5,931 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

DMS segment and $1 million, $19 million and $2 million of non-allocated charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Except for asset write-off costs, all restructuring, severance and related charges are cash costs.

2020 Restructuring Plan

On September 20, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors formally approved a restructuring plan to realign the Company’s global capacity support infrastructure, particularly in the Company’s mobility footprint in China, in order to optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductions and capacity realignment (the “2020 Restructuring Plan”).
81
Table of Contents
The 2020 Restructuring Plan, reflects the Company’s intention only and restructuring decisions, and the timing of such decisions, at certain locations are still subject to consultation with the Company’s employees and their representatives.

The Company currently expects to recognize approximately $85.0totaling $86 million inpre-tax restructuring and other related costs, is complete as of August 31, 2021.


The tables below summarizes the Company’s liability activity (in millions):
Employee Severance
and Benefit Costs		Lease CostsAsset Write-off
Costs		Other
Related Costs		Total
Balance as of August 31, 2019(1)
$3 $2 $— $1 $6 
Restructuring related charges37 8 33 1 79 
Asset write-off charge and other non-cash activity(1)(6)(33)— (40)
Cash payments(31)(2)— (1)(34)
Balance as of August 31, 2020(2)
8 2 — 1 11 
Restructuring related charges4 (1)5 1 9 
Asset write-off charge and other non-cash activity— 1 (5)— (4)
Cash payments(8)— — (1)(9)
Balance as of August 31, 2021(2)
$4 $2 $— $1 $7 
(1)Balance as of August 31, 2019 primarily overrelates to the course2017 Restructuring Plan.
(2)Balance as of August 31, 2020 and 2021 primarily relates to the 2020 Restructuring Plan.
15. Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income tax expense is summarized below (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Domestic(1)
$(271)$(452)$(416)
Foreign(1)
1,215 713 867 
Total$944 $261 $451 
(1)Includes the elimination of intercompany foreign dividends paid to the U.S.
Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized below (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Current:
Domestic - federal$7 $(3)$(24)
Domestic - state3 1 1 
Foreign252 180 177 
Total current262 178 154 
Deferred:
Domestic - federal2 (10)(8)
Domestic - state— — (2)
Foreign(18)36 18 
Total deferred(16)26 8 
Total income tax expense$246 $204 $162 
Reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is summarized below:
82
Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.2 (2.6)(1.7)
Impact of foreign tax rates(1)(2)
(4.6)(0.9)(9.9)
Permanent differences(0.4)3.2 1.8 
Income tax credits(1)
(0.4)(2.5)(3.1)
Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities(3)
— 10.3 0.2 
One-time transition tax related to the Tax Act— — (0.5)
Indefinite reinvestment assertion impact— — 0.9 
Valuation allowance(4)
1.3 16.8 1.3 
Non-deductible equity compensation0.6 2.2 1.4 
Impact of intercompany charges and dividends4.4 15.0 10.4 
Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income3.0 13.7 10.4 
Other, net0.9 2.0 3.6 
Effective income tax rate26.0 %78.2 %35.8 %
(1)The Company has been granted tax incentives for various subsidiaries in China, Malaysia, Singapore and Vietnam, which primarily expire at various dates through fiscal year 2020. This information will be2031 and are subject to certain conditions with which the finalizationCompany expects to comply. These tax incentives resulted in a tax benefit of timetables forapproximately $51 million ($0.34 per basic share), $43 million ($0.28 per basic share) and $67 million ($0.43 per basic share) during the transitionfiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(2)For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the increase in the impact of functions, consultation with employees and their representatives as well asforeign tax rates was primarily related to increased income in low tax rate jurisdictions. For the statutory severance requirementsfiscal year ended August 31, 2020, the decrease in the impact of foreign tax rates was primarily related to decreased income in low tax rate jurisdictions. For the particular jurisdictions impacted, andfiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the amount and timingdecrease in the impact of the actual charges may varyforeign tax rates was primarily due to a varietydecrease in the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of factors.2017 (“Tax Act”).
(3)For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, the increase in the changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities was primarily due to the re-measurement of deferred tax assets related to an extension of a non-U.S. tax incentive of $21 million.
(4)The valuation allowance change for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020 was primarily due to the change in deferred tax assets for sites with existing valuation allowances. The valuation allowance change for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was primarily due to utilization of domestic federal net operating losses and tax credits against the one-time transition tax. The increase for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was partially offset by an income tax benefit of $18 million for the reversal of a U.S. valuation allowance due to an intangible asset reclassification from indefinite-life to finite-life.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized below (in millions):
83
Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards$200 $198 
Receivables8 8 
Inventories14 11 
Compensated absences13 12 
Accrued expenses115 85 
Property, plant and equipment71 42 
Domestic tax credits11 29 
Foreign jurisdiction tax credits10 15 
Equity compensation10 11 
Domestic interest carryforwards4 5 
Cash flow hedges10 9 
Capital loss carryforwards20 20 
Revenue recognition36 43 
Operating and finance lease liabilities60 89 
Other19 19 
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowances601 596 
Less valuation allowances(353)(341)
Net deferred tax assets$248 $255 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries60 77 
Intangible assets27 32 
Operating lease assets92 83 
Other4 13 
Total deferred tax liabilities$183 $205 
Net deferred tax assets$65 $50 
Based on the Company’s historical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded.
As of August 31, 2021, the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from its foreign subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability has not already been recorded. The accumulated earnings are the most significant component of the basis difference which is indefinitely reinvested. As of August 31, 2021, the indefinitely reinvested earnings in foreign subsidiaries upon which taxes had not been provided were approximately $2.4 billion. The estimated amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these reinvested earnings was approximately $0.1 billion.
Tax Carryforwards
The amount and expiration dates of income tax net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, and tax capital loss carryforwards, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any, as of August 31, 2021 are as follows:
(dollars in millions)Last Fiscal Year of ExpirationAmount
Income tax net operating loss carryforwards:(1)
Domestic - state2041 or indefinite$56 
Foreign2031 or indefinite$646 
Tax credit carryforwards:(1)
Domestic - federal2031$8 
Domestic - state2027 or indefinite$3 
Foreign(2)
2027 or indefinite$10 
Tax capital loss carryforwards:(3)
Domestic - federal2026$77 
84
Table of Contents
(1)Net of unrecognized tax benefits.
(2)Calculated based on the deferral method and includes foreign investment tax credits.
(3)The tax capital loss carryforwards were primarily from an impairment of an investment that was deemed worthless for tax purposes.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits is summarized below (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Beginning balance$190 $164 $257 
Additions for tax positions of prior years15 10 20 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years(1)
(3)(9)(106)
Additions for tax positions related to current year(2)
36 27 36 
Cash settlements— (1)— 
Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations(2)(1)(3)
Reductions from non-cash settlements with taxing authorities(3)
— (2)(36)
Foreign exchange rate adjustment5 2 (4)
Ending balance$241 $190 $164 
Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate (if recognized)$139 $109 $93 
(1)The reductions for tax positions of prior years for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to a non-U.S. taxing authority ruling related to certain non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, offset with a valuation allowance and the impacts of the Tax Act.
(2)The additions for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020 are primarily related to taxation of certain intercompany transactions. The additions for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to the impacts of the Tax Act and taxation of certain intercompany transactions.
(3)The reductions from settlements with taxing authorities for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to the settlement of a U.S. audit.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s estimatesaccrued interest and penalties were approximately $30 million and $23 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company recognized interest and penalties of approximately $7 million, $4 million and $(2) million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
It is reasonably possible that the August 31, 2021 unrecognized tax benefits could decrease during the next 12 months by $19 million, primarily related to a taxing authority agreement associated with intercompany transactions.
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2015. In major non-U.S. and state jurisdictions, the charges discussed above exclude any potentialCompany is no longer subject to income tax effects.

15.examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2011 and August 31, 2009, respectively.

16. Business Acquisitions

Fiscal year 2019

Acquisitions

During fiscal year 2018, the Company and Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”) entered into a Framework Agreementframework agreement to form a strategic collaboration and expand its existing relationship. The strategic collaboration expands the Company’s medical device manufacturing portfolio, diversification and capabilities.

On February 25, 2019 and April 29, 2019, under the terms of the Framework Agreement,framework agreement, the Company completed the initial closing and second closing,closings, respectively, of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The preliminary aggregate purchase price paid for both the initial closing and second closingclosings was approximately $153.2$167 million in cash, which remains subject to certain post-closing adjustments. The acquisition ofcash. For the JJMD assets has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Totalinitial and second closings, total assets acquired of $167.6$173 million and total liabilities assumed of $14.4$6 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates.
On September 30, 2019, under the terms of the framework agreement, the Company completed the third closing of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The finalaggregate purchase price paid for the third closing whichwas approximately $113 million in cash. For the third closing, total assets acquired of $196 million, including $81 million in contract assets, $34 million in
85
Table of Contents
inventory and $56 million in goodwill, and total liabilities assumed of $83 million, including $74 million of pension obligations, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. There were no intangible assets identified in this acquisition and the goodwill is subjectprimarily attributable to customary closing conditions,the assembled workforce. The majority of the goodwill is currently not expected to occur during fiscal year 2020.

be deductible for income tax purposes.

On October 26, 2020, under the terms of the framework agreement, the Company completed the fourth closing of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The aggregate purchase price paid for the fourth closing was approximately $19 million in cash. Total assets acquired of $30 million and total liabilities assumed of $11 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.
The acquisitions of the JJMD assets have been accounted for as separate business combinations for each closing using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company is currently evaluating the fair valuesvalue of the assets and liabilities related to this business combination.the fourth closing. The preliminary estimates and measurements are, therefore, subject to change during the measurement period for assets acquired, liabilities assumed and tax adjustments. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on February 25, 2019 for the initial closing, and April 29, 2019 for the second closing, September 30, 2019 for the third closing and October 26, 2020 for the fourth closing. The Company believes it is impracticable to provide pro forma information for the acquisitionacquisitions of the JJMD assets.

On September 30, 2019 the Company completed the third closing of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD for a cash payment of $117.1 million, primarily for inventory and the assumption of certain employee liabilities. The purchase price for the third closing is subject to certain post-closing adjustments based on conditions within the Framework Agreement.

Fiscal year 2018

Acquisitions

On September 1, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of True-Tech Corporation (“True-Tech”) for approximately $95.9 million in cash. True-Tech is a manufacturer specializing in aerospace, semiconductor and medical machined components.

The acquisition of True-Tech assets was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $114.7 million, including $25.9 million in intangible assets and $22.6 million in goodwill, and liabilities assumed of $18.8 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the EMS segment. The majority of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on September 1, 2017. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition of True-Tech is not deemed to be significant.

Fiscal year 2017

Acquisitions

On March 1, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Lewis Engineering, which was not deemed to be significant. The acquired business expanded the Company’s capabilities in precision machining, manufacturing and design engineering. The aggregate purchase price of the acquisition totaled approximately $31.4 million in cash.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $32.3 million, including $8.2 million in goodwill and $14.6 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $0.9 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $8.2 million was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the DMS segment. The majority of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The Company expensed transaction costs in connection with the acquisition of approximately $0.8 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017. The results of operations of the acquired business were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the date of the acquisition. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition is not deemed to be significant.

16.17. Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’sCompany's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value by hierarchy level on a recurring basis as of the periods indicated:

(in thousands)  Fair Value
Hierarchy		  August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 

Assets:

     

Cash and cash equivalents:

     

Cash equivalents

   Level 1(1)  $27,804   $21,412 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets:

     

Short-term investments

   Level 1   14,088    —   

Deferred purchase price receivables(Note 2)

   Level 3(2)   —      533,113 

Forward foreign exchange contracts:

     

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 13)

   Level 2(3)   904    225 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 13)

   Level 2(3)   6,878    10,125 

Other assets:

     

SeniorNon-Convertible Preferred Stock

   Level 3(4)   33,102    47,300 

Liabilities:

     

Accrued expenses:

     

Forward foreign exchange contracts:

     

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 13)

   Level 2(3)  $15,999   $13,364 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 13)

   Level 2(3)   55,391    46,171 

Interest rate swaps:

     

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 13)

   Level 2(5)   5,918    117 

Other liabilities:

     

Forward interest rate swaps:

     

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 13)

   Level 2(5)   35,045    —   

indicated (in millions):
Fair Value HierarchyAugust 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash equivalentsLevel 1(1)$36 $34 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Short-term investmentsLevel 118 17 
Forward foreign exchange contracts:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)9 11 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)20 59 
Other assets:
Forward interest rate swap:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(3)9 — 
Liabilities:
Accrued expenses:
Forward foreign exchange contracts:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)$6 $2 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)9 9 
Interest rate swaps:
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(3)3 1 
Extended interest rate swap not designated as a hedging instrument (Note 11)Level 2(4)10 26 
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swaps:
Extended interest rate swap not designated as a hedging instrument (Note 11)Level 2(4)— 13 
Forward interest rate swap:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(3)7 — 
(1)

Consist of investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of 90 days or less.

(2)

Recorded initially at fair value using unobservable inputs, determined primarily using discounted cash flows, and due to its credit quality and short-term maturity, the fair value approximated book values. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated credit losses and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculation.

(3)

(1)Consist of investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of 90 days or less.
(2)The Company’s forward foreign exchange contracts are measured on a recurring basis at fair value, based on foreign currency spot rates and forward rates quoted by banks or foreign currency dealers.

(4)

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019, the Company exchanged its investment in the SeniorNon-Convertible Preferred Stock of iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) in association with iQor’s previously announced sale of its international logistics and product service assets. Prior to the restructuring, the SeniorNon-Convertible Preferred Stock had a face value of $50.0 million, accumulated dividends at an annual rate of 8 percent and was redeemable on March 31, 2023 or upon a change in control. The restructured SeniorNon-Convertible Preferred Stock has a face value of $55.0 million and is redeemable at iQor’s option or upon change of control for $55.0 million until December 31, 2023, $65.0 million during calendar year 2024 and is mandatorily redeemable for $75.0 million on April 1, 2025.

As a resultrecurring basis at fair value, based on foreign currency spot rates and forward rates quoted by banks or foreign currency dealers.

86
Table of Contents
(3)Fair value measurements are based on the contractual terms of the restructuring, the Company recognized a restructuring of securities loss of $29.6 million, which primarily consisted of a credit loss.derivatives and use observable market-based inputs. The credit loss was estimated utilizing a probability-weighted discounted cash flow model incorporating the concessions and modifications made as part of the restructuring, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. The SeniorNon-Convertible Preferred Stock israte swaps are valued each reporting period using unobservable inputs based on a discounted cash flow modelanalysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative using observable inputs including interest rate curves and is classified as an available for sale debt security with any unrealized loss recorded to AOCI. As of August 31, 2019,credit spreads.
(4)The 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps are considered a hybrid instrument and the unobservable inputs have an immaterial impact onCompany elected the fair value calculation. Asoption for reporting. Fair value measurements are based on the contractual terms of August 31, 2019, the amortized cost basis approximates fair value.

contract and use observable market-based inputs. The interest rate swaps are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows using observable inputs including interest rate curves and credit spreads.
Assets Held for Sale
The following table presents the assets held for sale (in millions):
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Carrying AmountCarrying Amount
Assets held for sale (1)
$61 $67 
(5)

Fair value measurements are based on the contractual terms of the derivatives and use observable market-based inputs. The interest rate swaps are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative using observable inputs including interest rate curves and credit spreads.

(1)The fair value of assets held for sale exceeds the carrying value for $30 million of assets held for sale. For $31 million of assets held for sale, the carrying value approximates the fair value with the asset value measured using Level 2 inputs.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The carrying amounts of borrowings under credit facilities and under loans approximates fair value as interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates.

Notes payable and long-term debt is carried at amortized cost; however, the Company estimates the fair value of notes payable and long-term debt for disclosure purposes. The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’sCompany's notes payable and long-term debt, by hierarchy level as of the periods indicated:

      August 31, 2019   August 31, 2018 
(in thousands)  Fair Value
Hierarchy		  Carrying
Amount		   Fair Value   Carrying
Amount		   Fair Value 

Notes payable and long-term debt: (Note 8)

         

5.625% Senior Notes

   Level 2(1)  $398,886   $416,000   $397,995   $415,704 

4.700% Senior Notes

   Level 2(1)   498,004    525,890    497,350    503,545 

4.900% Senior Notes

   Level 3(2)   299,057    318,704    298,814    306,535 

3.950% Senior Notes

   Level 2(1)   494,825    509,845    494,208    476,010 

indicated (in millions):
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Fair Value HierarchyCarrying AmountFair ValueCarrying AmountFair Value
Notes payable and long-term debt: (Note 7)
4.700% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$499 $521 $499 $537 
4.900% Senior NotesLevel 3(2)$300 $322 $299 $329 
3.950% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$496 $555 $495 $552 
3.600% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$495 $541 $495 $536 
3.000% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$591 $618 $590 $612 
1.700% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$496 $504 $— $— 
(1)

The fair value estimates are based upon observable market data.

(2)

This fair value estimate is based on the Company’s indicative borrowing cost derived from discounted cash flows.

(1)The fair value estimates are based upon observable market data.
(2)This fair value estimate is based on the Company’s indicative borrowing cost derived from discounted cash flows.
Refer to Note 9 –10 - “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” for disclosure surrounding the fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets.

17.

18. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
The Company is party to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
19. New Accounting Guidance

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

During fiscal year 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued an accounting standard, which is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer

87
Table of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The accounting standard became effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company implemented changes to its processes, policies and internal controls to meet the impact of the new standard and disclosure requirements. Refer to Note 18 – “Revenue” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. This guidance became effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, and was applied prospectively by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 1, 2018 to equity investments that existed as of the date of adoption of the standard. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements; however, the impact on future periods will depend on the facts and circumstances of future transactions.

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to address the presentation of certain transactions within the statement of cash flows with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. This standard was adopted on September 1, 2018 on a retrospective basis and resulted in a reclassification of cash flows from operating activities to investing activities in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for cash receipts related to collections on the deferred purchase price receivable (i.e. beneficial interest) on asset-backed securitization transactions. The increase in cash flow from investing activities and the corresponding decrease to cash flow from operating activities upon adoption of the standard was $96.8 million, $2.0 billion, and $2.7 billion for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to improve the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. The new standard eliminates the exception for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory and requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences when the transfer occurs. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. This guidance was adopted on a modified retrospective basis and an immaterial cumulative-effect adjustment was recorded, which reduced retained earnings as of September 1, 2018.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which clarifies the scope of accounting for asset derecognition and adds further guidance for recognizing gains and losses from the transferof non-financial assets in contracts withnon-customers. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 coincident with the new revenue recognition guidance. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements; however, the impact on future periods will depend on the facts and circumstances of future transactions.

Contents

During the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff issued SAB 118, which provides guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the Tax Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the Tax Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. In accordance with SAB 118, a company must reflect the income tax effects of those aspects of the Tax Act for which the accounting under ASC 740 is complete. To the extent that a company’s accounting for certain income tax effects of the Tax Act is incomplete, but it is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional estimate in its financial statements. If a company cannot determine a provisional estimate to be included in the financial statements, it should continue to apply ASC 740 on the basis of the provisions of the tax laws that were in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Act. The Company applied SAB 118 and provided required disclosures in Note 4 – “Income Taxes.”

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard revising lease accounting. The new guidance requires organizations to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and disclose key information regarding leasing arrangements. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. The standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach. The Company intends to elect the package of practical expedients offered, which allows entities to not reassess: i) whether any contracts prior to the adoption date are or contain leases, ii) lease classification, and iii) whether capitalized initial direct costs continue to meet the definition of initial direct costs under the new guidance. In preparation for the adoption, the Company is implementing a new lease accounting system. Upon adoption, the Company expects to recognizeright-of-use assets and lease liabilities, respectively, in the range of approximately $350.0 million to $500.0 million. The Company is continuing to assess implementation of changes to its processes, policies and internal controls to meet the requirements of the new standard. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Consolidated Statements of Operations or the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard, which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment methodologymodel with a methodology that reflectsan expected credit lossesloss model and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable informationfinancial asset measured at amortized cost to inform credit loss estimates. Thisbe presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The Company adopted the guidance is effective for the Company beginning induring the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. This guidance must be applied using a modified retrospective or prospective transition method, depending on the area covered by this accounting standard. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities by simplifying the application of hedge accounting and improving the related disclosures in its financial statements. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted. The guidance must be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard isdid not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements; however, the impact on future periods will depend on the facts and circumstances of future transactions.

Statements.


During fiscal year 2018, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtaininternal-use software. This guidance iswas effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. The Company is currently assessingadoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the impact this new standard may have on itsCompany’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
Recently issued accounting guidance not discussed above is not applicable or did not have, or is not expected to have, a material impact to the Company.

18. Revenue

Effective September 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU2014-09, Revenue Recognition (Topic 606). The new standard is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires the Company to recognize revenue in a manner which depicts the transfer of goods or services to its customers at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

Prior to the adoption of the new standard, the Company recognized substantially all of its revenue from contracts with customers at a point in time, which was generally when the goods were shipped to or received by the customer, title and risk of ownership had passed, the price to the buyer was fixed or determinable and collectability was reasonably assured (net of

estimated returns). Under the new standard, the Company recognizes revenue over time for the majority of its contracts with customers which results in revenue for those customers being recognized earlier than under the previous guidance. Revenue for all other contracts with customers continues to be recognized at a point in time, similar to recognition prior to the adoption of the standard.

Additionally, the new standard impacts the Company’s accounting for certain fulfillment costs, which include upfront costs to prepare for manufacturing activities that are expected to be recovered. Under the new standard, such upfront costs are recognized as an asset and amortized on a systematic basis consistent with the pattern of the transfer of control of the products or services to which to the asset relates.

The Company adopted ASU2014-09 using the modified retrospective method by applying the guidance to all open contracts upon adoption and recorded a cumulative effect adjustment as of September 1, 2018, net of tax, of $42.6 million. No adjustments have been made to prior periods. Following is a summary of the cumulative effect adjustment (in thousands):

   Balance as of
August 31, 2018		   Adjustments due to
adoption of ASU 2014-09		  Balance as of
September 1, 2018		 

Assets

     

Contract assets(1)

  $—     $591,616  $591,616 

Inventories, net(1)

  $3,457,706   $(461,271)  $2,996,435 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets(1)(2)

  $1,141,000   $(37,271)  $1,103,729 

Deferred income taxes(1)(2)

  $218,252   $(8,325)  $209,927 

Liabilities

     

Contract liabilities(2)(3)

  $—     $    690,142  $690,142 

Deferred income(2)(3)(4)

  $691,365   $(691,365)  $—   

Other accrued expenses(3)(4)

  $    1,000,979   $40,392  $    1,041,371 

Deferred income taxes(1)

  $114,385   $2,977  $117,362 

Equity

     

Retained earnings(1)(2)

  $1,760,097   $42,602  $1,802,699 

(1)

Differences primarily relate to the timing of revenue recognition for over time customers and certain balance sheet reclassifications.

(2)

Differences primarily relate to the timing of recognition and recovery of fulfillment costs and certain balance sheet reclassifications.

(3)

Included within accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(4)

Differences included in contract liabilities as of September 1, 2018.

The following table presents the effect of the adoption of the new revenue guidance on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 2019 (in thousands):

   August 31, 2019 
   As reported   Balance without the adoption of
ASU2014-09		 

Assets

    

Contract assets(1)

  $911,940   $—   

Inventories, net(1)

  $3,023,003   $3,761,591 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets(1)(2)

  $501,573   $514,769 

Deferred income taxes(1)

  $198,827   $202,791 

Liabilities

    

Contract liabilities(2)(3)

  $511,329   $—   

Deferred income(2)(3)(4)

  $—     $521,035 

Other accrued expenses(3)(4)

  $    1,877,908   $    1,868,201 

Deferred income taxes(1)

  $115,818   $111,304 

Equity

    

Retained earnings(1)(2)

  $2,037,037   $1,885,360 

(1)

Differences primarily relate to the timing of revenue recognition for over time customers and certain balance sheet reclassifications.

(2)

Differences primarily relate to the timing of recognition and recovery of fulfillment costs and certain balance sheet reclassifications.

(3)

Included within accrued expenses on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(4)

Differences included in contract liabilities as of September 1, 2018.

The following table presents the effect of the adoption of the new revenue guidance on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended 
   August 31, 2019 
   As reported   Balance without the adoption
of ASU2014-09		 

Net revenue(1)

  $25,282,320   $24,864,754 

Cost of revenue(2)

  $    23,368,919   $    23,057,603 

Operating income

  $701,356   $595,105 

Income tax expense

  $161,230   $164,054 

Net income

  $289,474   $180,399 

(1)

Differences primarily relate to the timing of revenue recognition for over-time customers and to the recovery of fulfillment costs.

(2)

Differences primarily relate to the timing of cost recognition for over-time customers and the recognition of fulfillment costs.

The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by segment (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended 
   August 31, 2019 
   EMS   DMS   Total 

Timing of transfer

      

Point in time

  $2,877,082   $6,055,716   $8,932,798 

Over time

  $    12,553,447   $    3,796,075   $    16,349,522 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $15,430,529   $9,851,791   $25,282,320 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contract Balances

No impairment costs related to contract assets were recognized during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Revenue recognized during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 that was included in the contract liability balance as of September 1, 2018 was $404.0 million.

Fulfillment Costs

As of August 31, 2019, capitalized costs to fulfill are $67.1 million. Amortization of fulfillment cost was $48.6 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. No impairments related to fulfillments costs were recognized during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019.

Remaining Performance Obligations

The Company applied the practical expedient and did not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with an original expected length of one year or less.

Item 16. Form10-K Summary

Not applicable.

88
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

JABIL INC.
Registrant

JABIL INC.

Registrant

By:/s/ MARK T. MONDELLO
Mark T. Mondello

Chief Executive Officer

Date: October 22, 2019

2021



89
Table of Contents
POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark T. Mondello and Michael Dastoor and each of them, jointly and severally, his or herattorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each saidattorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

Signature

Title

Title

Date

By:

/s/ TIMOTHY L. MAIN

Timothy L. Main

Chairman of the Board of DirectorsOctober 22, 20192021
Timothy L. Main
By:

/s/ THOMAS A. SANSONE

Thomas A. Sansone

Vice Chairman of the Board of DirectorsOctober 22, 20192021
Thomas A. Sansone
By:

/s/ MARK T. MONDELLO

Mark T. Mondello

Chief Executive Officer and Director


(Principal Executive Officer)

October 22, 20192021
Mark T. Mondello
By:

/s/ MICHAEL DASTOOR

Michael Dastoor

Chief Financial Officer (Principal


Financial and Accounting Officer)

October 22, 20192021
Michael Dastoor
By:

/s/ ANOUSHEH ANSARI

Anousheh Ansari

DirectorOctober 22, 20192021
Anousheh Ansari
By:

/s/ MARTHA F. BROOKS

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Martha F. Brooks

DirectorOctober 22, 2019
By:

/s/ CHRISTOPHER S. S. HOLLAND

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Christopher S. Holland

DirectorOctober 22, 2019
By:

/s/ JOHN C. PLANT

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
John C. Plant

DirectorOctober 22, 2019
By:

/s/ STEVEN A. RAYMUND

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Steven A. Raymund

DirectorOctober 22, 2019
By:

/s/ DAVID M. STOUT

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
David M. Stout

DirectorOctober 22, 2019
By:

/s/ KATHLEEN A. WALTERS

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Kathleen A. Walters

DirectorOctober 22, 2019


90
Table of Contents
SCHEDULE II

JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period		   Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses		   Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts		  Write-offs  Balance at
End of Period		 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable:

        

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019

  $15,181   $15,867   $—    $(13,827)  $17,221 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2018

  $14,134   $12,545   $—    $(11,498)  $15,181 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

  $11,094   $6,255   $—    $(3,215)  $14,134 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Balance at
Beginning
of Period		   Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses		   Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts		  Write-offs  Balance at
End of Period		 

Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory:

        

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019

  $60,940   $34,091   $—    $(25,478)  $69,553 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2018

  $46,013   $35,538   $—    $(20,611)  $60,940 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

  $32,221   $46,030   $—    $(32,238)  $46,013 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Balance at
Beginning
of Period		   Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses(1)		   Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other  Accounts(2)		  Reductions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses(3)		  Balance at
End of Period		 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:

        

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019

  $223,487   $22,750   $58,117  $(16,750)  $287,604 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2018

  $285,559   $18,418   $(886)  $(79,604)  $223,487 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

  $344,828   $65,300   $(97,203)  $(27,366)  $285,559 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)
(1)

During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the additions charged to costs and expenses primarily relate to the increase of deferred tax assets for sites with existing valuation allowances.

(2)

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the additions charged to other accounts primarily relate to the increase of net operating loss carry forwards due to the release of anon-U.S. unrecognized tax benefit. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the reductions charged to other accounts primarily relate to the decrease of net operating loss carry forwards due tonon-U.S. unrecognized tax benefits and anon-U.S. tax audit.

(3)

During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2019 and 2018, the reductions charged to costs and expenses primarily relate to the decrease of U.S. net operating loss carry forwards and tax credits due to utilization against theone-time transition tax as a result of the Tax Act. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, an additional reduction charged to costs and expenses relates to the $17.5 million income tax benefit for the reversal of a U.S. valuation allowance due to an intangible asset reclassification from indefinite-life to finite-life. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the reductions charged to costs and expenses primarily relate to the release of certainnon-U.S. valuation allowances.

Balance at
Beginning
of Period		Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses		Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts		Write-offsBalance at
End of Period
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory:
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2021$85 $33 $— $(33)$85 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2020$70 $60 $— $(45)$85 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019$61 $34 $— $(25)$70 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period		Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses		Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts		Reductions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses		Balance at
End of Period
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2021$341 $18 $— $(6)$353 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2020$288 $54 $9 $(10)$341 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019$223 $23 $59 $(17)$288 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.

102


91